Program Catalog. Tampa

Transcription

1 Program Catalog Tampa

2 Welcome This catalog covers policies and other information for Sanford-Brown College ( Sanford-Brown ) and is current as of the time of publication. From time to time, it may be necessary or desirable for the College to make changes to this catalog due to the requirements and standards of the College s accrediting agency, state licensing agency, or U.S. Department of Education, academic improvements, or other reasons. The College reserves the right to make changes at any time to any provision of this catalog, including the amount of tuition and fees, academic programs and courses, school policies and procedures, faculty and administrative staff, the College s academic calendar and other dates, and other provisions. The College also reserves the right to make changes in equipment and instructional materials, to modify curriculum, and to combine or cancel classes. We are delighted that you have chosen to continue your education at our College. We are committed to helping you develop your talents, realize your academic dreams, and establish a foundation for the fulfilling career that you deserve. Our college is more than classrooms; it is an academic environment centered on providing our students a high quality, career-oriented education. We offer diploma and degree programs in a number of industry-focused fields, taught by dedicated faculty, many of whom are current working professionals in the field in which they teach. Thus, you will not only have the opportunity to receive the technical knowledge that you desire, but also the real-world insights and guidance that can be critical to your ultimate success in today s competitive job market. You and your fellow students will have valuable outreach opportunities that can enrich your college experience, enhance your education, encourage industry connections and expand your career inspiration. Again, we welcome you, and pledge our commitment to assist you in your quest for a quality education in your chosen field of study. Publication Date: September Sanford-Brown PHOTOGRAPHS While not all photographs in this publication were taken at the College, they do accurately represent the general type and quality of equipment and facilities found at the College. All photographs of the physical facilities of any of the colleges are captioned to identify the particular college depicted /2014

3 Table of Contents About the Institution Mission Statement... 3 Objectives... 3 Statement of Ownership... 3 Accreditation and Licensure... 3 Licensing and Approval... 3 Programmatic Accreditation...4 Affiliations and Articulation Agreements...4 Facilities and Equipment for Instruction...5 Campus History...5 General Information Academic Calendar...6 Campus Security...6 Hours of Operation...6 Class Times...6 Catalog Addendum... 7 Student Conduct Policy... 7 Professionalism... 7 Drug-Free Environment... 7 Faculty... 7 Grievance Policy...8 General...8 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Notice...9 American With Disabilities Act/ Institutional Policies...11 Technology Use Policy...11 Sexual Harassment Policy Student Services Information Course Materials...12 Course Materials Return...12 Learning Resource Center...12 Cybrary/Online Library...12 Student Portal/Virtual Campus Security...13 Academic Advising...13 Housing...13 Career Services...13 Background Checks...13 Plans to Improve Academic Programs Student s Rights and Responsibilities Continuous Education Benefit Available to Alumni Admissions Information Non-Discrimination...15 Criminal Conviction Policy...15 Admissions Policy...15 Proof of Graduation...16 Selective Admissions Criteria...16 Entrance Exam Re-Test Policy...16 Additional Admissions Requirements by Program...16 Application Fee Waver...17 Transfer Students...17 Residency Requirement for School of Health Programs...17 Residency Requirements for All Other Programs...17 Nondegree-Seeking Students...17 English Proficiency and English as a Second Language...17 International Students...18 Document Integrity...18 Returning Students...18 Academic Information Academic Integrity...19 Disregard of the Academic Honesty Policy: Penalties and Procedures...19 Academic Honors Auditing Courses Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) (CGPA) Requirements Rate of Progress Toward Completion Requirements Maximum Time in Which to Complete...21 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 1

4 Program Changes...21 How Transfer Credit/Change of Program Affect SAP...21 Warning and Probationary Periods...21 Appeal...22 Reinstatement...22 Attendance Policy...22 Online Course Option...22 Attendance/Course Participation for Online Courses...23 Enrollment Status...23 Add/Drop Period and Course Withdrawals...23 Grade Appeals...23 Definition of a Credit Hour...23 School of Health...24 Grading System...24 Application of Grades and Credits...24 Independent Study...25 Course Repeats...25 Incomplete Grades...25 Proficiency Credit Awards for Prior Learning...25 College-Level Examination Program (CLEP)...25 Dantes Subject Standardized Test (DSST)...25 Military Credit Advanced Placement Examination Graduation Requirements Internship and Externship Externship/Internship Assignment...27 Externship/Internship Attendance Requirements...27 Externship/Internship Conduct...27 Leave of Absence...28 Leave of Absence Conditions...28 Standard Period of Non-Enrollment (SPN)...28 Military Leave During a Term...28 Transcripts...28 Transfer of Credit Transfer of Credit to Other Institutions Transfer Between Campuses Withdrawal from the Institution Student Record Retention Service Learning Financial Aid Information Financial Assistance How to Apply Disbursement of Title IV Credit Balance (Books) Financial Aid Programs Other Funding...31 Agency Funding...31 Veteran s Educational Benefits...31 Institutional Grants & Scholarships...32 Sanford-Brown College Transfer Credit Grant...33 Cancellation and Refund Policies Return of Title IV (R2T4) Funds...35 Withdrawal Date...35 Exit Interview Higher One Lost Card Replacement Fee Programs and Course Listings Programs of Study...37 Business Administration, Associate of Science...38 Allied Health, Associate of Science...40 Cardiovascular Sonography, Occupational Associate Degree Cardiovascular Sonography, Associate of Science Dental Assistant, Diploma Dental Assisting with Expanded Functions, Diploma Massage Therapy, Diploma...58 Medical Assistant, Diploma...60 Pharmacy Technician, Diploma Veterinary Technology, Associate of Science Fashion Design, Bachelor of Fine Arts Graphic Design, Associate of Fine Arts Graphic Design, Bachelor of Fine Arts Interior Design, Bachelor of Fine Arts...72 Retail Merchandise Management, Associate of Science...74 Retail Merchandise Management, Bachelor of Science...76 Web Design and Development, Associate of Science...78 Web Design and Development, Bachelor of Science...80 Animation Technology, Bachelor of Science...82 Audio Production, Associate of Science Audio Production, Bachelor of Fine Arts Post Production, Associate of Science Post Production, Bachelor of Science...90 Professional Photography, Associate of Science...92 Professional Photography, Bachelor of Fine Arts Course Descriptions Course Numbering Information Course Catalog

5 The Executive Officers of Career Education Corporation Scott W. Steffey President and Chief Executive Officer Reid E. Simpson, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Members of the CEC Board of Directors are: Ron D. McCray, Chairman About the Institution MISSION STATEMENT The college provides career-focused post-secondary educational opportunities to a diverse student population. Through outcomes oriented programs, convenient and supportive student services that accommodate students lives, and career assistance, the institution is committed to helping our students and graduates achieve their educational and professional goals. Louis E. Caldera Dennis H. Chookaszian David W. Devonshire Patrick W. Gross Greg L. Jackson Thomas B. Lally Scott W. Steffey Leslie T. Thornton OBJECTIVES To accomplish this mission, the Institution is dedicated to: Fostering academic excellence, Providing theoretical and practical training. Employing qualified faculty who offer students personalized attention and professional expertise, Utilizing industry-standard curricula and technologies, Providing staff and faculty members who uphold the highest standards of service and quality, and Cultivating an environment that celebrates creativity and diversity. The College s faculty, administration, and support services, diligently work to fulfill this mission. ACCREDITATION AND LICENSURE The College (Sanford-Brown) is accredited by the Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools (ACICS) to award Diplomas, Associate degrees and Bachelor degrees. ACICS is listed as a nationally recognized accrediting agency by the United States Department of Education and is recognized by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation. Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools (ACICS): 750 First St., N. E., Suite 980 Washington, D.C (202) STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP Sanford-Brown is owned by International Academy of Merchandising and Design, Inc., a Delaware company, which is wholly owned by Career Education Corporation (CEC). CEC is a Delaware corporation with principal offices located at: 231 North Martingale Road Schaumburg, IL (847) (847) (Fax) LICENSING AND APPROVAL Sanford-Brown is licensed by the Commission for Independent Education, Florida Department of Education. Additional information regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the Commission at 325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414, Tallahassee, FL , toll-free telephone number (888) The Tampa campus is approved for payment of Veterans Educational Benefits to eligible students by the applicable State Approving Agency sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 3

6 for Veterans Affairs and participates in many Veterans Educational Benefit programs. Students interested in Veterans Educational Benefits should contact the Student Finance Office. Veterans who are unsure of their benefit eligibility or have additional eligibility questions should contact the Veterans Administration at (800) , or 888-GI Bill-1 ( ), or go to Eligible students must maintain satisfactory academic progress and all applicable eligibility requirements to continue receiving Veterans Educational Benefits. The College is also approved for the training of eligible students for vocational rehabilitation assistance. The College is authorized under United States Federal Law, Immigration and Nationality Act, Section 101, (1)(15)(F), to enroll nonimmigrant alien students. The Dental Assisting with Expanded Functions Diploma program is approved by the Florida Board of Dentistry under the provisions of Rule 64B5-16, F.A.C. Florida Board of Dentistry 4052 Bald Cypress Way, Bin C-08 Tallahassee, FL (850) The Massage Therapy Diploma program is approved by the Florida Board of Massage Therapy under the provisions of Rule Chapter 64B7-32. Florida Board of Massage Therapy 4052 Bald Cypress Way, Bin C-06 Tallahassee, FL (850) The Massage Therapy Diploma program is approved as an Assigned School by the National Certification Board for Therapeutic Massage & Bodywork (NCBTMB). NCBTMB 1333 Burr Ridge Parkway, Suite 200 Burr Ridge, IL (630) The Pharmacy Technician Diploma program (Provider #RTTP492) is approved by the Florida Board of Pharmacy under the provisions of Rule 64B , F.A.C. Florida Board of Pharmacy 4052 Bald Cypress Way, Bin C-04 Tallahassee, FL (850) The Pharmacy Technology Diploma program (Provider #RTTP493) is approved by the Florida Board of Pharmacy under the provisions of Rule 64B , F.A.C. Florida Board of Pharmacy 4052 Bald Cypress Way, Bin C-04 Tallahassee, FL (850) The Veterinary Technology Associate of Science program (Certificate No. 58-R-0158, Customer No ) is registered under the Animal Welfare Act (7 U.S.C et seq.) as a Class R Research Facility with the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA). Unites States Department of Agriculture Animal Care 920 Main Campus Drive, Suite 200 Raleigh, NC (919) PROGRAMMATIC ACCREDITATION The Interior Design program leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Interior Design is accredited by the Council for Interior Design Accreditation (CIDA). The Cardiovascular Sonography Associate of Science program is programmatically accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP). The Pharmacy Technology Diploma program is programmatically accredited by the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists (ASHP). AFFILIATIONS AND ARTICULATION AGREEMENTS Affiliations Sanford-Brown is a member of the Association of Private Sector Colleges & Universities. Articulation Agreements Sanford-Brown currently has Articulation Agreements with: American InterContinental University 231 North Martingale Rd Schaumburg, IL (877) This agreement is designed to facilitate the acceptance of applicants seeking admission to graduate programs at AIU who have earned a Bachelor s degree from SBC (formerly IADT) Course Catalog

7 Sanford-Brown currently has Articulation Agreements with: Colorado Technical University 4435 N. Chestnut Street, Suite E Colorado Springs, CO (877) This agreement is designed to facilitate the process for the transfer of credit between the institutions, continue educational progress toward the completion of an approved degree program and to minimize or avoid the loss of credit previously earned by a student who transfers to another institution. Sanford-Brown currently has an articulation agreement with Penn Foster College, Scottsdale, AZ CAMPUS HISTORY The original International Academy of Design & Technology (IADT) in Chicago was founded in 1977 by a former Sears s executive, Clem Stein, Jr., as a postsecondary college focusing on merchandising and design. Over 25 years later, IADT continued to respond to changes brought by technology through an expansion of its academic program offerings and campus locations in order to meet the needs of the design, technology, business, and allied health industries. In 2014 IADT changed its name to Sanford Brown College to create a comprehensive higher education institution offering programs across multiple disciplines. This agreement is designed to facilitate the process for the transfer of credit between the institutions, continue the educational progress toward the completion of an approved degree program and to minimize or avoid the loss of credit previously earned by a student who transfers to another institution. For more information regarding articulation agreements, please see the Director of Education. FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT FOR INSTRUCTION The Sanford-Brown educational facility and administrative offices are located in a convenient suburban setting adjacent to major thoroughfares and accessible from all parts of the metro area. Affordable housing, public transportation and nearby shopping malls allow the students to live, commute and work nearby. The campus occupies a freestanding facility with ample parking. Students will find: Classrooms which consist of lecture rooms and instructional laboratories Labs equipped with various types of computers and equipment appropriate to the programs offered A Learning Resource Center, which includes books, periodicals, pamphlets, articles, and CD-ROM support materials to supplement the programs, plus support for the general education courses. The Internet, Cybrary (an Internet-based virtual research library), various indexes and catalogs are also available through computer use in the library Admissions, academic and administrative staff offices sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 5

8 relating to campus security, crimes and emergencies, the prevention of crimes and sexual offenses, drug and alcohol use, campus law enforcement, and access to campus facilities. General Information ACADEMIC CALENDAR Academic terms and session start dates, as well as the holiday schedules, are listed in the academic calendar located in the catalog addendum. CAMPUS SECURITY Sanford-Brown publishes an annual security report that contains information concerning policies and programs relating to campus security, crimes and emergencies, the prevention of crimes and sexual offenses, drug and alcohol use, campus law enforcement, and access to campus facilities. The Annual Security Report also includes statistics concerning the occurrence of specified types of crimes on campus, at certain off-campus locations, and on the public property surrounding the campus. This report is published annually by October 1, and contains statistics for the three most recent calendar years. A copy of the Annual Security Report is provided to all current students and employees. A copy of the most recent Annual Security Report may be obtained from the campus administration during regular business hours. In addition to the Annual Security Report, Sanford-Brown maintains a crime log recording all reported crimes. The crime log is available for public inspection during regular business hours by contacting the campus administration. Sanford-Brown will report to the campus community, any occurrence of any crime, reportable in the Annual Security Report that is reported to campus security or local police, which is considered to be an immediate threat to students or employees. For ground students, Sanford-Brown reminds all students that they are ultimately responsible for their own actions regarding their safety and welfare. Identification badges are required to be displayed at all ground campuses at all times. Sanford-Brown publishes an annual security report that contains information concerning policies and programs HOURS OF OPERATION The College administrative offices are open from 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m., Monday through Thursday, and 9:00 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Friday. Administrative offices are closed on Saturday and Sunday. Changes in hours of operation will be posted at the campus. Administrative office hours may be extended if scheduled courses extend into evening hours. CLASS TIMES The schedule received for each term will indicate the days and hours classes meet. The Schools of Business and Health will meet for classes Monday through Thursday. Standard breaks may be given as appropriate for class time. Scheduled times are as follows and apply to all classes in all programs: Day Classes Between 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. Monday Thursday, and 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Friday. Evening Classes Between 6:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m. Classes will begin promptly at their assigned start times and remain in session until the established end-of-class time. Note that the Veterinary Technology & Cardiovascular Sonography students may be required to attend classes until 3:00pm for the Day session and 11:00pm for the Evening session due to program content as well as attend campus and/ or clinical sites on Fridays. The IADT School of Design and School of Technology classes meet Monday through Friday. Standard breaks may be given as appropriate for class time. Scheduled times are as follows and apply to all classes in all programs: Day Classes Between 8:00 a.m. to 12:50 p.m. Monday Friday, Afternoon Classes Between 1:00 p.m. 5:50 p.m. Monday Friday Evening Classes Between 6:00 p.m. to 10:50 p.m. Monday Friday Weekend Classes Between 8:00 a.m. 5:50 p.m. on Saturdays only Course Catalog

9 Courses for the Audio Production programs may be scheduled later into the evenings Monday Saturday. Classes will begin promptly at their assigned start times and remain in session until the established end-of-class time. CATALOG ADDENDUM The catalog addendum includes the most current information related to the academic calendar, tuition and fees, updates to program offerings, full-time faculty members, administrative staff, and other updates. Students are responsible for referencing the addendum for the most current information. STUDENT CONDUCT POLICY All students are expected to respect the rights of others and are held responsible for conforming to the laws of the United States, local, and State governments. Students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner consistent with the best interests of Sanford-Brown and of the student body. Sanford-Brown reserves the right to dismiss a student, or restrict a visitor, for any of the following reasons: possession of firearms on campus property; failure to maintain satisfactory academic progress (SAP); failure to pay college fees and/or tuition by applicable deadlines; disruptive behavior (continued willful noncompliance, willful and persistent profanity or vulgarity, open and/or persistent defiance of authority, and/ or persistent disrespect of personnel or students); posing a danger to the health or welfare of students or other members of the campus community; theft, on or off campus; any form of assault; State and Federal drug laws violations; electronic or social media violations; or failure to comply with the policies and procedures of Sanford-Brown. The list of examples is not intended to be all-inclusive, and Sanford-Brown reserves the right to act in the best interest of the students, faculty, and staff and may deem actions committed by a student to be a conduct violation, although the action does not appear on a list of examples. Violation of the conduct policy is grounds for suspension of privileges, up to and including dismissal from Sanford-Brown. Students may be required to appear before the Academic Review Committee to respond to disciplinary charges. In extenuating circumstances, a senior manager may act on behalf of Sanford-Brown. Any unpaid balance for tuition, fees, and supplies becomes due and payable immediately upon a student s dismissal. Sanford-Brown will also determine if any Title IV funds need to be returned (see the Financial Information section of this catalog). PROFESSIONALISM Sanford-Brown believes in providing skills-based education to our students in dozens of different disciplines. One of the primary goals of our college is to make available skills-based training that will provide the foundation to be successful in different professions. Another, but equally important goal is to assist each student in preparing themselves to be successful in the work environment on a personal level. To this end, the College expects all students, staff and faculty to behave in a professional and appropriate manner that supports an environment that more fully simulates the workplace. DRUG-FREE ENVIRONMENT As a matter of policy, Sanford-Brown prohibits the unlawful manufacture, possession, use, sale, dispensation, or distribution of controlled substances and the possession or use of alcohol by students and employees on its property and at any institutional activity. Any violation of these policies will result in appropriate disciplinary actions, up to and including dismissal in the case of students and termination in the case of employees, even for a first offense. Violations of the law will also be referred to the appropriate law enforcement authorities. Students or employees may also be referred to abuse help centers. If such a referral is made, continued enrollment or employment will be subject to successful completion of any prescribed counseling or treatment program. Information on the school s drug-free awareness program and drug and alcohol abuse prevention program may be obtained from the campus administration. FACULTY Faculty members are the cornerstone of Sanford-Browns academic success. Many faculty members have professional and industry experience, combined with appropriate academic credentials. Through the guidance of the faculty, theoretical, practical, and creative applications are addressed in the curricula and reinforced by interaction with professionals in the industries for which training is offered. Faculty members are dedicated to student s academic achievement, professional education, individual attention, and to the preparation of students for their chosen careers. It is through personal attention that students can reach their potential, and it is the dedicated faculty who provide the individual guidance necessary to help assure every student that his or her time in class is well spent. A listing of Sanford-Browns full-time faculty may be found in the addendum to this catalog. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 7

10 GRIEVANCE POLICY Many student complaints can be resolved through discussion with the appropriate instructor or staff member and the use of this grievance procedure, and we encourage students to make contact at the first indication of a problem or concern. This section describes the steps the student should follow so that the problem can be fully and fairly investigated and addressed. The student will not be bound by any resolution unless the student agrees to accept it. If the student does not accept a proposed conclusion or resolution, then the student may pursue the matter in arbitration as provided for in the student s Enrollment Agreement. However, the student must pursue his or her claim through this grievance procedure first. Please note: This grievance procedure is intended for problems concerning a student s recruitment, enrollment, attendance, education, financial aid assistance, or career service assistance, or the educational process or other school matters. It does not apply to student complaints or grievances regarding grades or sexual harassment, which are addressed in other sections of this catalog. Sanford-Brown and the student agree to participate in good faith in this grievance procedure. We will receive all information submitted by the student concerning a grievance in strict confidence and we and the student agree to maintain confidentiality in the grievance procedures. No reprisals of any kind will be taken by any party of interest or by any member of Sanford-Brown administration against any party involved. We will investigate all complaints or grievances fully and promptly. So long as the student pursues this grievance procedure to its conclusion, the period during which the student is pursuing this process will not count toward any statute of limitations relating to the student s claims. Step 1 Grievances or complaints involving an individual instructor or staff member should first be discussed with the individual involved. Grievances or complaints involving a policy or class should first be discussed with the individual enforcing that policy, the class instructor, or their supervisor. Alternatively, the student may submit the complaint to the Student Services Manager or Director of Education. Step 2 If the matter is not resolved to the student s satisfaction in Step 1, the student may appeal to Sanford-Brown s Academic Review Committee (ARC). To do so the student must submit to their Student Services Manager or Director of Education a written, dated, and signed statement of the grievance or complaint, with a detailed description of the actions that have taken place thus far. The Student Services Manager or Director of Education will submit and present the appeal to the ARC. The ARC will evaluate the appeal, potentially seek additional relevant information from the student, and assess the appeal s merits based upon the evidence presented in a fair and equitable manner. The ARC will issue a decision in writing to the student within 10 days of receipt of all relevant evidence provided by the student. The ARC s decision will be final. The student s written complaint, together with ARC s decision, will become a permanent part of the files of the parties involved. GENERAL This grievance procedure is designed to address problems promptly and without undue delay. In order to achieve that, the student must initiate Step 1 within ten (10) business days of the incident or circumstance(s) giving rise to the complaint, and must initiate each other Step within ten (10) business days after receiving a response or if more than twenty (20) business days have passed with no response. If the student fails to take any of the steps in this procedure within the required time frames, then the student will be deemed to have accepted the resolution last proposed by Sanford-Brown. If the school fails to act within the time frames described in this procedure, then the student may elect to forgo any further steps in the grievance procedure and choose to go directly to arbitration as provided in the student s Enrollment Agreement. The time periods set forth in these procedures can be extended by mutual consent of Sanford-Brown and the student. The student may also contact the Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools, at 750 First Street, NE, Suite 980, Washington, D.C , or telephone them at (202) At any time, a student may also contact the state agency according to their campus location. State specific agencies are listed below. Commission for Independent Education Florida Department of Education 325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414 Tallahassee, FL (850) (888) (Toll-Free) Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs 1361 Park Street Clearwater, FL (727) Council for Interior Design Accreditation 206 Grandville Avenue, Suite 350 Grand Rapids, MI (616) Course Catalog

11 American Society of Health-System Pharmacists 7272 Wisconsin Avenue Bethesda, MD (301) Florida Board of Dentistry 4052 Bald Cypress Way, Bin C-08 Tallahassee, FL (850) Florida Board of Massage Therapy 4052 Bald Cypress Way, Bin C-06 Tallahassee, FL (850) Florida Board of Pharmacy 4052 Bald Cypress Way, Bin C-04 Tallahassee, FL (850) NCBTMB 1333 Burr Ridge Parkway, Suite 200 Burr Ridge, IL (630) Unites States Department of Agriculture Animal Care 920 Main Campus Drive, Suite 200 Raleigh, NC (919) FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights with respect to their educational records. An eligible student under FERPA is a student who is 18 years of age or older or who attends a postsecondary institution. These rights include: 1. The right to inspect and review the student s education records within 45 days after the day Sanford-Brown receives a request for access. A student should obtain a Request to Inspect and Review Education Records form from the Registrar s Office and submit to the Registrar s Office, a written request that identifies the record(s) the student wishes to inspect. The school official will make arrangements for access and notify the student of the time and place where the records may be inspected. Students are not entitled to inspect and review financial records of their parents. If the records are not maintained by the school official to whom the request was submitted, that official shall advise the student of the correct official to whom the request should be addressed. 2. The right to request the amendment of the student s education records that the student believes is inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student s privacy rights under FERPA. A student who wishes to ask the school to amend a record should write the Registrar s Office, clearly identify the part of the record the student wants changed, and specify why it should be changed. If the school decides not to amend the record as requested, the school will notify the student in writing of the decision and the student s right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the student when notified of the right to a hearing. 3. The right to provide written consent before Sanford-Brown discloses personally identifiable information from the student s education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. The school discloses education records without a student s prior written consent under the FERPA exception for disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by Sanford-Brown in an administrative, supervisory, academic, research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); a person serving on the board of trustees; or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee. A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of Sanford-Brown who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of the education records, such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent or a student volunteering to assist another school official in performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibilities for Sanford-Brown. Parental access to a student s record will be allowed by Sanford-Brown without prior consent if: 1. The student has violated a law or Sanford-Brown s rules or policies governing alcohol or substance abuse, if the student is under 21 years old; or 2. The information is needed to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals in an emergency. Upon request, the school also discloses education records without consent to officials of another school in which a student seeks or intends to enroll. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 9

12 4. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by Sanford-Brown to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the Office that administers FERPA is: Family Policy Compliance Office U.S. Department of Education 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, D.C Below is a listing of the disclosures that postsecondary institutions may make without consent: FERPA permits the disclosure of education records, without consent of the student, if the disclosure meets certain conditions found in the FERPA regulations. Except for disclosures to school officials, disclosures related to some judicial orders or lawfully issued subpoenas, disclosures of directory information, and disclosures to the student, FERPA regulations requires Sanford-Brown to record the disclosure. Eligible students have a right to inspect and review the record of disclosures. A postsecondary institution may disclose education records without obtaining prior written consent of the student in the following instances: To other school officials, including teachers, within Sanford-Brown whom the school has determined to have legitimate educational interests. This includes contractors, consultants, volunteers, or other parties to whom the school has outsourced institutional services or functions To officials of another school where the student seeks or intends to enroll, or where the student is already enrolled if the disclosure is for purposes related to the student s enrollment or transfer To authorized representatives of the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education, or State and local educational authorities, such as a State postsecondary authority that is responsible for supervising Sanford-Brown s State-supported education programs. Disclosures under this provision may be made, in connection with an audit or evaluation of Federal or State supported education programs, or for the enforcement of or compliance with Federal legal requirements that relate to those programs. These entities may make further disclosures to outside entities that are designated by them as their authorized representatives to conduct any audit, evaluation, or enforcement or compliance activity on their behalf. In connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or which the student has received, if the information is necessary to determine eligibility for the aid, determine the amount of the aid, determine the conditions of the aid, or enforce the terms and conditions of the aid To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, the school, in order to: a. Develop, validate, or administer predictive tests; b. Administer student aid programs; or c. Improve instruction. To accrediting organizations to carry out their accrediting functions. To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena To appropriate officials in connection with a health or safety emergency Information the school has designated as directory information may be released at the school s discretion. Sanford-Brown has defined directory information as the student s name, address(es), telephone number(s), address, birth date and place, program undertaken, dates of attendance, honors and awards, photographs, student IDs and credential awarded. If a student does not want his or her directory information to be released to third parties without the student s consent, the student must present such a request in writing to the Registrar s Office within 45 days of the student s enrollment or by such later date as the school may specify. Under no circumstance may the student use the right to opt out to prevent the school from disclosing that student s name, electronic identifier, or institutional address in a class in which the student is enrolled To a victim of an alleged perpetrator of a crime of violence or a non-forcible sex offense. The disclosure may only include the final results of the disciplinary proceeding with respect to that alleged crime or offense, regardless of the finding To the general public, the final results of a disciplinary proceeding if the school determines the student is an alleged perpetrator of a crime of violence or non-forcible sex offense and the student has committed a violation of the school s rules or policies with respect to the allegation made against him or her. To parents of a student regarding the student s violation of any Federal, State, or local law, or of any rule or policy of the school, governing the use or possession of alcohol or a controlled substance if the school determines the student committed a disciplinary violation and the student is under the age of twenty-one AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT/504 Sanford-Brown does not discriminate against individuals on the basis of physical or mental disability and is fully committed to providing reasonable accommodations, including appropriate auxiliary aids and services, to qualified individuals with a disability, unless providing such accommodations would result in an undue burden or fundamentally Course Catalog

13 alter the nature of the relevant program, benefit, or service provided by the College. To request an auxiliary aid or service, please contact the ADA/504 Coordinator. interferes with another student s and/or employee s work or disruption of the intended use of technology resources is prohibited. Students who violate the Technology Use Policy may be subject to disciplinary action. Individuals requesting an auxiliary aid or service will need to complete an Application for Auxiliary Aid. To enable the school to provide an auxiliary aid or service, it is recommended that the Application for Auxiliary Aid be submitted to the ADA/504 Coordinator six weeks before the first day of classes, or as soon as practical. Disagreements regarding an appropriate auxiliary aid and alleged violations of this policy may be raised pursuant to Sanford-Brown s grievance procedures. It is the policy of Sanford-Brown to offer reasonable accommodations to qualified students with disabilities, in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). INSTITUTIONAL POLICIES Students are expected to be familiar with the information presented in this college catalog, in any supplements and addenda to the catalog, and with all college policies. By enrolling in Sanford-Brown, students agree to accept and abide by the terms stated in this catalog and all school policies. If there is any conflict between any statement in this catalog and the enrollment agreement signed by the student, the provision in the enrollment agreement controls and is binding. SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY Sanford-Brown is committed to the policy that all members of the school s community, including its faculty, students, and staff, have the right to be free from sexual harassment by any other member of the school s community. Sexual harassment refers to, among other things, sexual conduct that is unwelcome, offensive, or undesirable to the recipient, including unwanted sexual advances. All students and employees must be allowed to work and study in an environment free from unsolicited and unwelcome sexual overtures and advances. Sexual harassment will not be tolerated. Should a student feel that he/she has been sexually harassed; the student should immediately inform the campus Director of Education. If the matter is not resolved to the student s satisfaction, or the student is not comfortable in addressing the issue with the DOE, the student may elevate the issue to the campus President. If the matter is then not resolved to the student s satisfaction, the student may reach out to a Career Education Corporation Corporate contact by calling (847) , choosing option 6 for student concerns. TECHNOLOGY USE POLICY Faculty, staff, and students are advised to use proper social and professional etiquette when using the technology systems of Sanford-Brown. Use of the network implies consent for monitoring of traffic that is necessary for smooth administration of the resource. Sanford-Brown does not condone the use of inappropriate language when communicating to instructors, staff, or students. Any part of Sanford-Brown s technology resources must not be used to produce, view, store, replicate, or transmit harassing, obscene, or offensive materials. This includes, but is not limited to, material from the internet, screen savers, etc. In addition, copies of such material, including those from magazines, are not permitted to be distributed. Violations of this policy by any student, faculty, or staff member may result in disciplinary action up to and including dismissal. Sanford-Brown s technology resources should only be used to accomplish college-specific tasks, goals, and learning objectives. Sanford-Brown s technological resources shall not be used for purposes that could reasonably be expected to cause directly, or indirectly, excessive strain on technology resources or unwarranted and unsolicited interference with use of technology systems. Engaging in any use that sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 11

14 COURSE MATERIALS RETURN If students drop a course or are withdrawn or dismissed from Sanford- Brown before the end of the Add/Drop period (generally, the first week of the session), they must return the books and supplies issued to them. The books and supplies must be returned in like-new condition, as determined by the college in its sole discretion. Student Services Information COURSE MATERIALS Sanford-Brown reserves the right to make changes in equipment and instructional materials. Instructors may require students to purchase additional course materials during the course of a class. Students may need to purchase replacement or additional supplies during the term. Students taking online classes may need to have access to coursespecific software and/or hardware. Books and supplies issued to students must be returned in like-new condition before the end of the first week of the term if they no longer need them because of a schedule change or because they become withdrawn or dismissed from Sanford-Brown. They will be charged the cost of any unreturned items, or any items returned that are not in likenew condition, as determined by the sole discretion of the college. It is the students responsibility to keep and protect books and supplies that are issued to them. They will be responsible for the cost of replacing any items that are lost, stolen, or no longer usable. Some courses require that students reuse the same book and/or supplies that are utilized in earlier coursework. It is the students responsibility to keep any books and supplies issued to them. If they need to replace a book or supplies previously issued for any reason, they will be responsible for the cost of purchasing these replacement items. If students are required to repeat a previously attempted course for which they were charged tuition due to earning an F or W it is their responsibility to keep any books and supplies issued to them for their previous attempt. They will only be issued new books and supplies if the school has changed the required books and supplies from the time they originally attempted the course. Students taking online courses receive course materials from Words of Wisdom, LLC. Course materials must be returned to Words of Wisdom, LLC, using the Words of Wisdom Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number and Merchandise Return Label provided by Words of Wisdom, which may be obtained by contacting Words of Wisdom customer service at or at sbonlinebooks@ wordsofwisdombooks.com. This label will allow the student to return the materials at no expense to them via USPS. To be eligible for return credit, the following criteria must be met: The RMA must be requested prior to the end of the first week of the session The materials being returned must be for the current session only The materials being returned must be unused, undamaged, unmarked and in saleable condition The RMA number must be included with student s return Failure to meet the above criteria or to include the RMA number will made the return ineligible for credit, and the materials will be returned to the student or discarded upon written direction from the student. LEARNING RESOURCE CENTER The campus has a Learning Resource Center (LRC) located in its facility, which provides materials to support Sanford-Brown s mission and curriculum and helps each student attain his or her educational goals. The collection includes books (circulating, reference, and reserve), an assortment of current periodicals, and CD-ROM disks. Students also have access to the Cybrary, an electronic library system specially designed to support the programs and students of Sanford-Brown. CYBRARY/ONLINE LIBRARY The Cybrary is an internet-accessible information center committed to facilitating the lifelong learning and achievement of the Career Education Corporation community. This virtual library contains a collection of full-text journals, books, and reference materials, links to websites relevant to each curricular area, instructional guides for using electronic library resources, and much more Course Catalog

15 The virtual collection is carefully selected to support students as they advance through their programs of study and include quality, full-text, peer-reviewed articles from scholarly journals and full-text electronic books. Instructional materials for students and faculty are designed to enhance information literacy skills. A staff of librarians works with the College in the selection and management of the Cybrary resources. Students have access to the Cybrary from their campus locations and from home, if they have internet service. Access to the Cybrary is password controlled. Students must use their Student Portal ID to access the Cybrary. Online students may access the Online Library through the virtual campus. STUDENT PORTAL/VIRTUAL CAMPUS SECURITY Students, faculty, and staff are assigned individual, unique user names and passwords, which should be changed regularly, to securely access the Student Portal. The password students pick should comply with the following guidelines: At least 8 characters in length Not a word in any language, slang, dialect, jargon, etc. Not based on personal information, account name, names of family or pets, birthdays, etc. None of the above spelled backward, slightly misspelled, substituting a numeric or special character for one of the letters, or preceded or followed by a numeric or special character Failure to comply with the password security specifications or intentional misuse of password security is a violation of the Conduct Policy. Passwords should not be shared. ACADEMIC ADVISING Students will be assigned an Advisor during their first term. Staff and faculty members are available to assist students in academic guidance concerning the student s individual major and coursework, and may also provide referral services to external agencies as necessary. HOUSING Sanford-Brown does not provide on-campus housing. CAREER SERVICES During the admissions interview, prospective students are introduced to career paths that may be available to them upon graduation. The Career Services staff is the liaison between students and employers, and serves the students by promoting Sanford-Brown to prospective employers. Career Services provides students and graduates with resources for resume writing, interviewing skills, and professional networking techniques. Several local and nationally recognized organizations employ our graduates. Some entrepreneurial graduates use their education and talents to start businesses of their own. Organizations that accept students or graduates, for internship or potential employment, may conduct a criminal and/or personal background check. Students with criminal records that include felonies or misdemeanors (including those that are drug related), or personal background issues such as bankruptcy might not be accepted by these organizations for internship or employment following completion of the program. Additionally, some organizations may require candidates to submit to a drug test. Some programs may require additional education, licensure, and/ or certification for employment in some positions. Employment and internship decisions are outside the control of Sanford-Brown. Sanford-Brown does not guarantee employment or salary. Graduates may return to Sanford-Brown for assistance in advancing within their career paths. The Office of Career Services maintains and provides resumes of graduates to prospective employers. Program success is evaluated through the Student Outcomes and Disclosures information located on the home page of Sanford-Brown s website. In addition, Sanford- Brown surveys graduates and employers to obtain educational and employment feedback and utilizes input from advisory boards, consisting of industry professionals, to improve educational programs and to update curriculum. Sanford-Brown cannot guarantee employment or salary. Find disclosures on graduation rates, student financial obligations, and more at BACKGROUND CHECKS Agencies and institutions that accept our students for internship/ externship and potential employers may conduct a criminal and/or personal background check. Students with criminal records that include felonies or misdemeanors (including those that are drug-related) or personal background issues such as bankruptcy might not be accepted by these agencies for internship/externship or employment placement following completion of the program. Some agencies and employers may require candidates to submit to a drug test. Some programs may require additional education, licensure and/or certification for employment in some positions. Employment and internship/externship decisions are outside the control of Sanford-Brown. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 13

16 Sanford-Brown cannot guarantee employment or salary. Find disclosures on graduation rates, student financial obligations and more at PLANS TO IMPROVE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS The College reviews the academic programs on a regular basis to ensure relevancy with current employment requirements and market needs. As deemed appropriate, Sanford-Brown may change, amend, alter or modify program offerings and schedules to reflect this feedback. If you have questions about this process or any plan to improve academic programs, contact the academic administration. STUDENT S RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES All students have the right to know: The school s accrediting and licensing agencies The school s programs, facilities, and faculty The cost of attending Sanford-Brown The financial assistance available To sign all required certification statements To repay all loans according to the promissory note(s) signed, as detailed in the Student Rights and Responsibilities CONTINUOUS EDUCATION BENEFITS AVAILABLE TO ALUMNI Alumni are welcome to audit the courses from their original program(s) of study, provided class space exists. The audited courses must be part of the program from which they graduated. There is no tuition cost to alumni who choose to audit one or more courses. Books, supplies, and fees are the responsibility of the alumnus. Alumni who wish to audit a course for non-credit must obtain an Audit Request Form from the Registrar s Office. The audited course name and AU grade designation will be recorded on the official transcript. Financial aid is not available when courses are audited. Alumni with outstanding financial obligations to Sanford-Brown are not eligible to audit courses until such balances are paid in full. How the Financial Aid Office determines the student s financial need Each type of aid to be received and how it will be disbursed How to submit appeals under various school policies The school s method of determining satisfactory academic progress and how it affects the student s financial aid eligibility Interest rates, repayment amounts, cancellation and deferment provisions for all loans borrowed by the student The criteria for continued eligibility for financial aid The terms of all loans borrowed by the student All students have the following responsibilities: To review and consider all aspects of the School program before enrolling To complete financial aid applications accurately and truthfully To provide additional documentation, verification, correction, etc. as requested by the School or agency To read, understand, and keep copies of all forms received To notify the school of any change in their financial circumstances To notify the school and the lender of a name or address change To understand the school s satisfactory academic progress policy To understand the school s refund policies Course Catalog

17 If a potential applicant believes that the results of the background check are incorrect, the college will provide the student with the contact information to appeal the college s decision. However, the application process will not move forward until the appeal is complete and the student may need to re-apply for a future class if the appeal is accepted. Admissions Information NON-DISCRIMINATION Sanford-Brown admits students without regard to race, gender, sexual orientation, religion, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, age, disability, or any other factor prohibited by law. CRIMINAL CONVICTION POLICY In an effort to maintain a safe educational and working environment for students, faculty, and staff, Sanford-Brown does not accept applicants with certain types of criminal convictions in their backgrounds. Admitted students who are discovered to have misrepresented their criminal conviction history to the college are subject to immediate dismissal. Similarly, students who commit certain types of crimes while enrolled are subject to immediate dismissal. As such, students convicted of any criminal offense while enrolled must report that conviction to the school within ten (10) days of receiving the conviction. Students who fail to report a criminal conviction while enrolled are subject to immediate dismissal. Sanford-Brown reserves the right to conduct criminal background checks on applicants and students in circumstances as deemed appropriate by the college. Many states, employers and agencies impose restrictions on the employment, registration, licensure, and/or certification of healthcare workers with certain criminal convictions. In addition to the general college requirements, applicants to allied health programs are required to submit to a background check. Based upon the results of the background check, applicants may not be admitted to Sanford- Brown. As a result, students applying to any allied health program must successfully pass a criminal background check to be eligible to begin classes. Convictions, guilty pleas or nolo contendere pleas for certain drug related, fraud based, or other serious crimes will automatically disqualify a prospective student from eligibility for these programs and as such their enrollment will be canceled. A listing of the specific offenses that are considered can be obtained from the college. Agencies and institutions that accept our students for clinical rotation and/or internship or externship placements and potential employers may require an additional criminal and/or personal background check and may reject a student based on criteria different than those applied to the student during the enrollment process. Additionally, some agencies and employers may require candidates to submit to a drug screening test. Students with criminal records that include felonies or misdemeanors (including those that are drugrelated) or personal background issues such as bankruptcy might not be accepted by these agencies for clinical assignments, externship or employment following completion of the program. Employment and externship decisions are outside the control of Sanford-Brown. Applicants who have questions regarding how these issues may affect their clinical/externship placement or potential future employment should discuss this matter with a school official prior to beginning their program. ADMISSIONS POLICY Students should apply for admission as soon as possible to secure acceptance for a specific program and starting date. All applicants are required to complete a personal interview with an admissions representative, either in person or by telephone, depending upon the distance from Sanford-Brown s facilities. Guardians and/or significant others are encouraged to attend. Personal interviews also enable college administrators to determine whether an applicant is a strong candidate for enrollment into the program. All of the following items must be completed or provided during the enrollment process: Application for Admission form Enrollment Agreement (If the applicant is under 18 years of age, the Enrollment Agreement must also be signed by a parent or guardian.) Payment of application fee* (This fee is non-refundable unless applicant is denied admission or cancels application within three days of the college s receipt of the application and fee.) Student and Programmatic Disclosure Forms Entrance Exam, if applicable (see Selective Admissions Criteria ) sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 15

18 Request for official transcripts if applicant is seeking transfer of previously earned college credit to Sanford-Brown Interview Acknowledgment Form/Student Information Record The college reserves the right to reject applicants and/or rescind eligibility for an applicant to begin classes if all general and selective admissions requirements are not successfully completed within the required timeframe. Admission to any one program does not automatically qualify a student for admission into any other program (for example, a sonography program). If a student wishes to apply to another program in the future, the individual must independently meet all the requirements for that program at the time of the future enrollment. The student will also be subject to all selection procedures in place for admittance into the other program. Admittance into the other program is not guaranteed. PROOF OF GRADUATION Acceptable documentation of high school graduation (known as Proof of Graduation) must be received by the institution within 23 calendar days of the scheduled start of his or her program. It is the student s responsibility to provide valid documentation of high school graduation or its equivalency, such as by providing a high school transcript, a college transcript (for students who have already completed an associate degree) or military documents that specify the student s high school name, location and data of graduation. Students who do not possess valid evidence of high school graduation, or its equivalence, may complete a High School Transcript Request form, which can be obtained from the Office of the Director of Admissions and must be returned to the Office of the Director of Admissions. Students may be asked to provide additional documentation to validate their Proof of Graduation. Any student who does not provide valid documentation of high school graduation or its equivalent within this timeframe will be unregistered from all classes and their program of study. Until valid POG is received and approved, no grades or credits will be available. No Federal Financial Aid funds will be disbursed to a student s account until a valid proof of high school graduation or its equivalent is received, reviewed and confirmed. SELECTIVE ADMISSIONS CRITERIA Students applying for occupational associate, associate, and/or bachelor program, with the exception of Allied Health, will need to meet the minimum testing and/or college credit requirements. In cases where the number of potential applicants exceeds the total number of available seats, a rubric will be used to objectively assess applicants to the program who meet all of the enrollment requirements to determine the accepted class and to determine alternates to the class. The rubric is based on up to four areas depending on the program: previous postsecondary experience, Math and Science grades, test scores, and having previously graduated from an Allied Health program of another CEC school. If a program of study has received complete application materials from more qualified applicants than seats available, the enrollment period will be closed before the class start so that all applicants can be ranked. Once ranked, students will be notified of their acceptance status. An additional 15% of the applicant pool will be notified that they are alternates for admission and will be notified no later than the end of the drop/add period of the class start date. Entrance exams may be waived with an Associate Degree (or higher degree) from a post-secondary college accredited by an agency as recognized by the United States Department of Education. In the event that an applicant does not achieve a required score on the entrance exam, a retest may be administered following the retest policy. PROGRAM WONDERLIC ACCUPLACER ADDITIONAL SCORE SCORE REQUIREMENTS (OVERALL/MATH) Allied Health N/A N/A Graduate from an Allied Health Program with a minimum of 60 transfer credits towards bridge credit Cardiovascular Sonography Pharmacy Technician Veterinary Technology ENTRANCE EXAM RE-TEST POLICY In the event an applicant does not achieve a required score on an entrance exam, a retest may be administered after a minimum 10 minute waiting period. Should the applicant not achieve the required score on this second attempt, a third attempt may be made after a minimum 24 hour waiting period. If the applicant is unable to achieve the required score on this third attempt, the exam may not again be attempted until after a one-year waiting period /60 N/A 13 N/A N/A N/A ADDITIONAL ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS BY PROGRAM Allied Health (AS) Program Core Bridge Credit The college will accept 60 quarter credits from an applicant s approved Healthcare Diploma program with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (earned a C or better average). These credits will be assigned to Course Catalog

19 the student s transcript as ALH200 Allied Health Bridge Credit. The college s Residency Requirement Policy requires students to complete a minimum of 50% of the credits at the college that is outside the scope of the bridge credit and any other specific General Education transfer credit or proficiency credit. Additional Admissions Requirements for the Allied Health (AS) Program In addition to the admission standards set by the College for all programs found in the Admissions section of the College s Catalog, the Allied Health program requires students to have obtained a certificate or diploma in an Allied Health program from a college of higher education accredited by the U.S. Department of Education. The student must have earned a cumulative GPA of 2.0 ( C average) in the certificate or diploma program from which they have graduated. APPLICATION FEE WAIVER Application fees are waived under the following circumstances: For prospective students who have previously paid an application fee at a Career Education owned school and that fee was not refunded For a prior graduate from any Career Education Corporation owned school For a prospective student who is active duty military, a veteran, a reservist or a spouse or dependent of any of the former For a prospective student who is eligible for Native American tribal education benefits For a prospective student who is attending with state TA funding assistance TRANSFER STUDENTS All transfer students follow the same admissions procedure as other students. RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT FOR SCHOOL OF HEALTH PROGRAMS Students transferring from another institution are required to earn a minimum of 50% of their credits in residence at the Institution. An exception may be made for students transferring to the same program of study at another Sanford-Brown campus. Please contact the Director of Education at the receiving school to discuss the transferring of course credits. This policy does not apply to the Allied Health associate degree program. Students transferring from another college are required to earn a minimum of 50% of their credits in residence at the college. Students transferring into a degree program from another college are required to earn a minimum of 30 credits in residency. RESIDENCY REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL OTHER PROGRAMS A student must meet the minimum residency requirement of 25% of the degree program. Sanford-Brown College will limit academic residency to 25% or less of the degree requirement for all degrees for active-duty service members and their adult family members (spouse and college age children). In addition, there are no final year or final term residency requirements for active-duty service members and their family members. Academic residency can be completed at any time while active-duty service members and their family members are enrolled. Reservist and National Guardsmen on active-duty are covered in the same manner. NONDEGREE-SEEKING STUDENTS A nondegree-seeking (NDS) student is one who wishes to enroll in courses for professional or personal development, but does not intend to pursue a degree at the time of application. Nondegree-seeking applicants will be subject to the same admissions requirements and procedures as degree-seeking students and must satisfy any prerequisite requirements of the course(s) they wish to schedule for. The institution reserves the right to deny applicants if the required admissions documents and procedures are not successfully completed. Nondegree-seeking students are not eligible for financial aid. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY AND ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE Students whose native language is not English may be required to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), International English Language Testing System (IELTS), or demonstrate English proficiency through other acceptable measures established by the college. A minimum TOEFL score of 500 on the paper version, or 173 on the computer-based test, or 61 on the internet-based version, or a minimum score of 5.5 on the IELTS is required. Students may also demonstrate English proficiency through successful completion of a college-level English course from an accredited college or university in the U.S. prior to enrollment in the college. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 17

20 INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS International applicants must meet the same admission requirements as U.S. residents. In addition, the following apply to international students: Students whose native language is not English may be required to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), International English Language Testing System (IELTS), or demonstrate English proficiency through other acceptable measures established by the college. Please see the section on English Proficiency and English as a Second Language section for details Academic records, proof of graduation, and certificates or diplomas must be presented All documents should be accompanied by a certified English translation and submitted to the school prior to issuing the I-20 to the student Affidavit of Financial Support is required A bank statement is required. Each of the student s financial sponsors must show evidence from his or her bank that proves that sufficient resources are available to meet educational expenses for at least the first year of study. Students must submit verification of funds. Two accounts are required: one for school and one for living expenses. Students must have their sponsors send bank letters or statements showing enough money on deposit in checking, savings, or money market accounts Photo copies of students passports are required. Students are responsible for maintaining legal visa status for the duration of their stay as covered by U.S. federal laws, regulations, guidelines, and updates. Students on student visas are expected to maintain full-time status throughout their academic program DOCUMENT INTEGRITY Any forged/altered academic document, foreign or domestic, submitted by a prospective student will be retained as property of the college and will not be returned to the prospective student. These students will not be considered for admission. If a student is currently attending, and the college becomes aware of a forged credential, the following applies: If the forged document was used to admit the student, and the absence of that credential would make the student inadmissible, the student will be dismissed from the college; or If the forged document was used to gain transfer credit, the student may be dismissed from the college and any transfer credit already awarded from the forged credential will be removed RETURNING STUDENTS Students who are applying for re-admittance into a different program of study will be required to meet the applicable entrance requirements. Payment of the application fee is not required for returning students provided an application fee was paid in the past and not refunded. Additional Financial Aid forms may also be required for those wishing to apply for financial aid. Students who are applying for re-admittance into the same program may not be required to meet the applicable entrance requirements. All returning students will be charged the rate of tuition and fees in effect at the time of re-entry. Students who do not maintain their visas may be subject to enrollment termination and serious penalties from the Department of Homeland Security. For more information regarding visas, log on to When international students apply for admission to the college, they must submit authentic, foreign academic transcripts and certificates. Foreign transcripts must be submitted by the student for evaluation through a NACES (National Association Credential Evaluation Services) or AICE (Association of International Credential Evaluators, Inc.) approved evaluation agency. The Office of Student Services can assist students in identifying an approved evaluation agency Course Catalog

21 found on a student paper that the student cannot explain, amplify, or demonstrate knowledge of upon questioning Academic Information ACADEMIC INTEGRITY All students are expected to adhere to the standards as set forth in the Student Code of Conduct and Academic Honesty Policy. The following outlines criteria for the academic honesty policy. Students are expected to demonstrate academic integrity by completing their own work assignments and assessments. Effective planning and progress must be accomplished for students to be successful in their program of study. Submission of work from another person, whether it is from printed sources or someone other than the student, previously graded papers, papers submitted without proper source citation, or submitting the same paper to multiple courses without the knowledge of all instructors involved can result in a failing grade or be reported to your program administrator and/or Director of Education for appropriate sanctions or disciplinary actions. Examples of academic dishonesty include, but are not limited to: Cheating Cheating includes, but is not limited to, the following: using unauthorized notes, study aids, or electronic or other devices not authorized by the instructor; using or borrowing information from another person, or submitting someone else s work as one s own work; using work previously submitted for another purpose, without the instructor s permission, is prohibited; and duplicated use of copyrighted material in violation of U.S. federal copyright laws will not be tolerated Plagiarism Submitting as one s own work, in whole or in part, words, ideas, art, designs, text, drawings, etc. that were produced by another person without attributing that person as the rightful source of the work. Plagiarism also includes, but is not limited to: using words, word passages, pictures, etc. without acknowledgment; paraphrasing ideas without quotation marks or without citing the source; submitting work that resembles someone else s beyond what would be considered a tolerable coincidence; ideas, conclusions, or information Copyright Infringement The right to reproduce or distribute a copyrighted work is the exclusive right of the copyright owner. One must seek permission from the copyright owner to reproduce or distribute a copyrighted work. This applies to file-sharing as well. It is an infringement of copyright to download or upload substantial parts of copyrighted work without the authority of the copyright owner. (Section 106 of the Copyright Act, Title 17 of the United States Code) Accessory to Dishonesty Knowingly and willfully supplying material or information to another person for the purpose of using the material or information improperly Falsification or Alteration of Records and Official Documents The following are examples of acts under this category, but the list is not exhaustive: altering academic records; forging a signature or authorization on an academic document; or falsifying information on official documents, grade reports, or any other document designed to attest to compliance with school regulation or to exempt from compliance Software Code of Ethics Unauthorized duplication of copyrighted computer software violates the law and is contrary to our Institution s standards of conduct DISREGARD OF THE ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY: PENALTIES AND PROCEDURES 1st offense: Student may resubmit the paper with a 50% penalty, Student receives warning from the faculty, Instructor notifies the program administrator of the first offense, Instructor works with the student to make sure the student understands the citation and documentation requirements, and understands relevant copyright laws 2nd offense: Student receives a zero for the assignment, Instructor notifies the program administrator and Director of Education of the second offense, and Student Advising Session is conducted by the program administrator to review, at a minimum, further consequences of any additional repeat offenses 3rd offense: Student automatically fails the course and Director of Education determines any further actions sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 19

22 ACADEMIC HONORS Upon successful completion of Associate or Bachelor Degree requirements, a graduate with the following cumulative grade point average (CGPA) will be recognized with the following honors: Summa cum Laude Magna cum Laude Cum Laude Upon successful completion of Diploma program requirements, a graduate with the following cumulative grade point average (CGPA) will be recognized with the following honors: Highest Honors: Honors: AUDITING COURSES Students who are re-entering after a period of absence may wish, or be required, to audit classes they have previously successfully completed on a space-available basis. A grade of AU will be recorded, and a Class Audit enrollment agreement may be required. There is no Financial Aid eligibility for students auditing classes. Please contact the Director of Education to discuss this opportunity. CAMPUS CLOSURE OR COURSE CANCELLATIONS In the event of an emergency, inclement weather, or scheduled school holidays requiring the school to be closed, a scheduled class or class activity will be re-scheduled by the instructor. The school will do what is reasonably possible to inform students via the schools notification system of the date and times of closing and anticipated reopening. The student will be notified of rescheduled classes or class activities, as determined by the instructor. STANDARDS OF SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS (SAP) All students must maintain satisfactory academic progress in order to remain enrolled at the school. Additionally, satisfactory academic progress must be maintained in order to maintain eligibility to receive financial assistance (e.g., federal and state aid). Satisfactory academic progress is determined by measuring the student s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) and the student s rate of progress toward completion of the academic program at the end of each 10 week grading period. Both the CGPA and ROP standards must be met in order to be considered to be making satisfactory academic progress. These are outlined below. CGPA REQUIREMENTS Students must meet minimum CGPA requirements at specific points throughout the program in order to be considered making satisfactory academic progress. These requirements are noted in the tables below. These will be reviewed at the end of each grading period after grades have been posted to determine if the student s CGPA is in compliance. Once the student reaches a review point, the minimum CGPA for that level must be maintained until the next level of review. RATE OF PROGRESS TOWARD COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS In addition to the CGPA requirements, a student must maintain the minimum rate of progress percentage requirement in order to be considered to be making satisfactory academic progress. The rate of progress percentage is calculated by dividing the credits earned by the credits attempted. Credits attempted are defined as those credits required in the students program of study including credits that were transferred from other approved institutions and proficiency credits earned. As with the determination of CGPA, the completion requirements will be reviewed at the end of each grading period after grades have been posted to determine if the student is progressing satisfactorily. CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA PROGRAMS QUARTER HOURS CREDITS ROP CGPA % % 2.0 ASSOCIATE PROGRAMS QUARTER HOURS CREDITS ROP CGPA % % % % 2.0 SEMESTER HOURS CREDITS ROP CGPA % % 1.75 or % 2.0 BACHELOR S PROGRAMS QUARTER HOURS CREDITS ROP CGPA % % % % Course Catalog

23 MAXIMUM TIME IN WHICH TO COMPLETE A student is not allowed to attempt more than 1.5 times, or 150%, of the number of credits in his/her program of study. The requirements for rate of progress are to assure that students are progressing at a rate at which they will complete their programs within the maximum timeframe. PROGRAM CHANGES Students wishing to apply to change programs must: Complete an application to transfer form; Receive approval from the designated academic official; Be in good academic standing; Be in good financial standing; and Complete a new enrollment agreement and Programmatic Disclosure form as applicable Students who receive approval to change programs will remain at the same rate of tuition provided they have been in attendance at the time of the change. HOW TRANSFER CREDITS/CHANGE OF PROGRAM AFFECT SAP Credit that has been transferred into the institution by the student is included in the Rate of Progress calculation; however has no effect on the grade point average requirement for SAP. Transfer credit is also considered when computing the maximum timeframe allowed for a program of study. For example, a student transfers from institution A to institution B. The student is able to transfer 30 credits earned at institution A into a program at institution B. The program requires 180 credits to graduate. Thus, the maximum timeframe for this student s new program at institution B will be one-and-a-half times (150%) x 180 = 270 credits. The 30 transfer hours will be added to the attempted and earned hours when the maximum timeframe and rate of progress is being calculated. When a student elects to change a program or enroll at a higher credential at Sanford-Brown, the student s attempted and earned credits and grades will be transferred into the new program as applicable, including transfer credit. Credits earned at the school in the original program of study that apply to the new program of study will be used when computing grade point average, rate of progress and maximum timeframe. Transfer credits from another institution that are applicable to the new program of study will not be calculated in the grade point average but will be considered as credits attempted and earned in the maximum timeframe and rate of progress calculations. For example, a student transfers from program A to program B. The student is able to transfer 30 external credits and 10 credits earned in program A into program B. Program B requires 180 credits to graduate. Thus, the maximum time frame for this student s new program will be one and half times (150%) x 180 = 270 credits. The 30 external transfer hours will be added to the attempted and earned hours when the maximum timeframe and rate of progress are being calculated. The 10 credits earned in program A will be included in the grade point average calculation as well as the maximum timeframe and rate of progress calculation. WARNING AND PROBATIONARY PERIODS At the end of each 10 week grading period after grades have been posted, each student s CGPA and rate of progress is reviewed to determine whether the student is meeting the above requirements. A student will be placed on FA Warning immediately after the first term in which the CGPA or the rate of progress falls below the values specified in the tables above. At the end of the next term, the student will be removed from FA Warning and returned to SAP Met Status if the minimum standards are met or exceeded A student who continues to fall below the specified values will be required to successfully appeal in order to maintain eligibility for financial assistance under a FA Probation status A student who successfully appeals and is on FA Probation will be evaluated at the end of the next term or grading period A student who meets or exceeds the minimum standards will be removed from FA Probation and returned to a SAP Met status. If the minimum CGPA and rate of progress requirements are not met at the time of evaluation; the student will be placed of FA Dismissal Status and will be dismissed from school unless terms of the academic plan are met A student receiving federal financial aid who does not meet the CGPA standards at the end of the second year will no longer be eligible for financial aid, may not be placed on probation, and must be dismissed, unless the student wishes to continue without being eligible for federal financial aid. However, a student not meeting the CGPA standards at the end of the second year may remain as an enrolled student who is eligible for federal financial aid if there are documented mitigating circumstances If at any point it can be determined that it is mathematically impossible for a student to meet the minimum requirements, the student will be dismissed from the school sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 21

24 Notification of academic dismissal will be in writing. The Code of Conduct Policy section of this catalog describes other circumstances that could lead to student dismissal for non-academic reasons. A tuition refund may be due in accordance with the institution s stated refund policy. During the period of FA Warning, which lasts for one payment period only the student may continue to receive financial aid. During a period of FA Probation, if an appeal is accepted by the institution, the student may also continue to receive financial aid. A student on FA Warning and FA Probation must participate in academic advising as deemed necessary by the institution as a condition of academic monitoring. A student who fails to comply with these requirements may be subject to dismissal even though their CGPA or rate of progress may be above the dismissal levels. APPEAL A student who has been placed on FA Probation may appeal the determination if special or mitigating circumstances exist. If you are an active student, any appeal must be in writing and must be submitted to the Director of Education or Appeals Committee within 5 days of receiving notification of his/her dismissal. The student must explain what type of circumstances contributed to the academic problem and what action is being implemented to overcome the mitigating circumstance in the future. The decision of the Director of Education or Appeals Committee is final and may not be further appealed. For the appeal of non-academic dismissals, please refer to the grievance policy within this catalog. REINSTATEMENT A student who was previously academically dismissed may apply for reinstatement to the institution by submitting a written appeal to designated academic official. The appeal should be in the form of a letter explaining the reasons why the student should be readmitted. The decision regarding readmission will be based upon factors such as grades, attendance, student account balance, conduct, and the student s commitment to complete the program. Dismissed students who are readmitted will sign a new Enrollment Agreement, will be charged tuition consistent with the existing published rate, and financial aid may be available to those who qualify. ATTENDANCE POLICY Regular classroom attendance is not only an essential ingredient for academic achievement, but is also a fundamental building block for success after graduation. As part of the course requirements, students must attend at least 75 percent of the scheduled time for each on-campus course in order to achieve satisfactory attendance. Students in any of the clinical or externship/internship courses are required to complete all scheduled hours and record attendance throughout the scheduled course to achieve satisfactory attendance. Students who do not achieve satisfactory attendance may earn a grade of W on their transcripts and may be required to repeat the course. Absences will include tardiness or early departures. Students who have been absent from all their scheduled classes for more than 30 consecutive calendar days, not including scheduled College holidays or breaks, and/or students who officially withdraw from all current courses will be administratively withdrawn from the College. The school reserves the right to extend the 30-day timeframe due to extraordinary circumstances that affect the entire student population. Attendance is determined by course and module. 1. Students who miss more than 10% of the hours in a course will receive an attendance warning notification. 2. Students who exceed 25% absences in an individual course may be dropped from the course and receive a grade of W. Any course for which a student receives a W grade must be repeated in its entirety. Students with excessive absences and/or course withdrawals may also be placed on attendance probation. 3. Externships/Internships: Students are required to complete 100% of their clinical/externship/internship hours. If students miss any externship/internship time, arrangements for make-up time must be made with the externship/internship site supervisor and appropriate school personnel. Students will not be considered to have completed their externships/internships until the site supervisor has certified all required attendance hours. For students who are receiving veterans benefits, the Department of Veterans Affairs will be notified whenever students are placed on attendance probation or are terminated for failure to meet attendance requirements. The Department of Veterans Affairs will also be notified if a student re-enters following such termination. Please note: Terminated VA students are not re-admitted into their program of study for a minimum of one grading period. ONLINE COURSE OPTION IADT School of Design & School of Technology students have the opportunity to complete a portion of their program of study through online courses delivered by Sanford-Brown College Online through a consortium agreement, subject to limits established by state licensure and accreditation. No more than 49% of any program of study may be Course Catalog

25 taken online, regardless of Pass/Fail. Students must meet with their Student Services Manager and complete the Online ReadinessSmarterMeasure Assessment and the online orientation process prior to entering their first online courses. Online courses are specifically designed for the student who has access to a computer and the internet. Any expenses associated with the purchase of a computer or internet access are the responsibility of the student and are not included in standard tuition and fees. Students are to contact the campus administration for technology requirements specific to their program of study to ensure an optimal learning experience. ATTENDANCE/COURSE PARTICIPATION FOR ONLINE COURSES Class attendance, preparation, and participation are integral components to a student s academic success. In an online course, engagement with the course content, with the instructor, and with other students characterizes attendance. Attendance becomes part of the student s permanent record, contributes to academic success, and is the basis for the proper administration of financial aid. Students are strongly encouraged to engage with the course content for purposes of completing assignments and knowledge checks and for knowledgeably contributing to online discussions with their instructor and with their peers. Failure to engage with course content, with the instructor and/or with peers may adversely impact student academic success. Students who fail to meet the requirements for posting attendance in all scheduled online courses for more than 30 consecutive calendar days may be administratively withdrawn from the course. Absences of five days or more have been correlated with increased risk of not successfully completing a course. Students are expected to participate in academic-related activities during each week. Additionally, students are expected to participate in classes and labs, engage in the online environment, review required reading materials, use the library and other resources, view videos, and complete other academically related activities supporting learning. Specifically, completion of the following activities constitutes attendance in the online learning environment: Submission of an assignment Submission to the course gallery Completion of a knowledge check/quiz/exam Participation in a discussion board Each recorded attendance will have a grade associated with the activity. ENROLLMENT STATUS Federal and state regulations require the college to report the number of students in full- and part-time status. The amount of financial aid students receive often depends upon whether they are enrolled full- or part-time. To be consistent with the U.S. Department of Education guidelines, the college has defined a full-time student as someone enrolled in 12 quarter credit hours or more; a three-quarter time student as someone who is enrolled in 9 to 11 quarter credit hours; and a halftime student as someone who is enrolled in 6 to 8 quarter credit hours. ADD/DROP PERIOD AND COURSE WITHDRAWALS A W Grade indicates that a student has been withdrawn from a course. Students who withdraw from a course during the add/drop period will be unregistered from the course. Students who withdraw from a course after the add/drop period but before the last calendar week of the scheduled course will receive a grade of W. Students who withdraw during the last scheduled calendar week of the class, and have a date of attendance (LDA) for the class during the last calendar week of the scheduled course, will receive the grade earned calculated as a final grade. A Course Withdrawal Form or Withdrawal Routing Spreadsheet is completed by campus officials when awarding W Grades W Grades are also awarded when students do not complete externship courses within a school s designated grading period; when students do not successfully meet course attendance requirements; and when students do not return to school from a leave of absence. Please refer to the individual Externship Management, Attendance, and Leave of Absence policies for details. GRADE APPEALS A student who disagrees with a grade he or she has received should contact the course Instructor immediately to discuss the concern. If the dispute is unresolved, the student must submit a written appeal within 14 calendar days from the end of the grading period to the campus Director of Education. The student s appeal must include the reason he or she is appealing the grade and must be signed and dated. The student must also provide documentation supporting the appeal (if applicable) with the written request. A decision regarding the appeal will be made within five business days of receipt. Students will be notified in writing of the decision. DEFINITION OF A CREDIT HOUR IADT School of Design, School of Technology, and School of Business The College awards quarter credit hours to reflect the successful completion of predetermined course learning objectives and sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 23

26 requirements. A credit hour represents an institutionally established equivalency of work or learning corresponding to intended learning outcomes and verified by evidence of student achievement. The college has established equivalences that reasonably approximate expected learning outcomes resulting from the following time commitments: 1. One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours of out of class student work for each unit for approximately 5 weeks, or the equivalent amount of work over a different amount of time; or 2. At least an equivalent amount of work required in paragraph (1) of this definition for other academic activities as established by Sanford-Brown including laboratory work, internships, practica, studio work, and other academic work leading to the award of credit hours. SCHOOL OF HEALTH Academic credit at Sanford-Brown is measured in Quarter credits. Typically, one hour of instructional time is defined as a fifty-minute period. One quarter credit is the equivalent of 10 lecture hours, 20 laboratory hours, or 30 clinical/externship/internship hours. Credits earned at Sanford-Brown are for determining progress towards program completion. 1. One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours of out of class student work each week for approximately five weeks, or the equivalent amount of work over a different amount of time; or 2. At least an equivalent amount of work required in paragraph (1) of this definition for other academic activities as established by the college including laboratory work, externships, and other academic work leading to the award of credit hours. GRADING SYSTEM Grade reports are electronically accessible to students through the Student Portal or Virtual Campus at the completion of each term of study. Grades are based on the quality of work as shown by written tests, laboratory work, term papers, and projects as indicated on the course syllabus. Earned quality points are calculated for each course by multiplying the quality point value for the grade received for the course the credit hour value of the course. For example, a 4 credit course with a grade of B would earn 12.0 quality points [the credit value of course (4) multiplied by the quality point value of B (3)]. The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is calculated by dividing the total earned quality points by the total credits attempted. Please refer to course syllabi for course-specific grading requirements. LETTER CODE INCLUDED IN CREDITS EARNED INCLUDED IN CREDITS ATTEMPTED INCLUDED IN CGPA GRADE POINTS A Yes Yes Yes 4.00 B Yes Yes Yes 3.00 C Yes Yes Yes 2.00 D* Yes Yes Yes 1.00 F No Yes Yes 0.00 AU (Audit) No No No n/a P (Pass) Yes Yes No n/a NP (Non-Pass) No Yes No n/a IP** (In progress) No No No n/a TC (Transfer Credit) Yes Yes No n/a W (Withdrawn) No Yes No n/a L (Leave of Absence) No No No n/a PR (Proficiency Credit) Yes Yes No n/a I (Incomplete) No Yes No n/a The Cardiovascular Sonography Occupational Associates program (NOT ACCEPTING ENROLLMENTS) is measured in Semester Credits. Typically, one hour of instructional time is defined as a fifty-minute period. 1 semester credit is the equivalent of 15 lecture hours, 30 laboratory hours, or 45 clinical/externship/internship hours. Credits earned at Sanford-Brown are for determining progress towards program completion. 1. One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours of out of class student work each week for approximately five weeks, or the equivalent amount of work over a different amount of time; or 2. At least an equivalent amount of work required in paragraph (1) of this definition for other academic activities as established by the college including laboratory work, externships, and other academic work leading to the award of credit hours. * D grades may be applied only towards General Education Courses. ** For courses that require more than one term to complete, an IP grade may be assigned. APPLICATION OF GRADES AND CREDITS The chart above describes the impact of each grade on a student s academic progress. For calculating rate of progress, grades of F (failure) and W (withdrawn) are counted as hours attempted, but are not counted as hours successfully completed. TC and PR credits are included in the maximum timeframe in which to complete and the rate of progress calculation but are not counted in the CGPA Course Catalog

27 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study courses may be available to students who meet satisfactory academic progress, are near the end of their degree program, and/or find that a required course is not offered. If the course is available online, students are strongly encouraged to complete the course online instead of taking and independent study. Prerequisites, credits, and tuition for independent study courses are the same as for the regular courses. An independent study plan that includes course objectives, texts, supplemental readings, course requirements, evaluation criteria, and exam date(s) must be prepared prior to the start of the study. The plan constitutes a learning contract that must be signed by the student, the faculty of record, the program department chair, and approved by the Designated Academic Official. Independent study is not an option for online students. COURSE REPEATS Students must repeat any required course in which a grade of F, W, or NP is received. Students who wish to repeat a course that was previously passed with a D will be allowed to repeat the course once. In the case of a repeat, the better of the two grades is calculated into the CGPA. The lower grade will include a double asterisk (**) indicating that the course has been repeated. Students may take a failed core course a total of three times. Upon the third attempt, if the student does not pass the course, the student will be dismissed from the College. Students may appeal with a letter submitted to the Designated Academic Official no later than the Friday of add/ drop week after the next session or term begins. Both original and repeated credits will be counted as attempted credits in rate of progress calculations. Federal financial aid may only be used for one repeat of a previously passed course. Special Topics courses rotate course content depending upon the topic being offered. The R* designation is used when a student has enrolled in a Special Topic course that uses the same course code. This designation indicates that while a student has repeated a course code, the student has not repeated the same course content. A fee will be charged to repeat a class (see addendum for details). INCOMPLETE GRADES Applicable to students taking a fully online course and where approved by the Designated Academic Official. To receive an Incomplete ( I ) grade, the student must petition the course instructor to receive an extension to complete the required coursework. The Instructor must approve the request within three business days of the student s written request, but no later than the last day of class. The student must be satisfactorily passing the course at the time of petition. Should a student fail to complete the unfulfilled coursework requirements within 14 calendar days from the start of the subsequent grading period, the Incomplete grade will be converted to the grade the student earned in the class, inclusive of 0 points for the incomplete work. PROFICIENCY CREDIT AWARDS FOR PRIOR LEARNING A student may be proficient in a subject, but lack required academic credit. In these instances, the student may have the opportunity to petition for proficiency credit. A proficiency (PR) grade is awarded through prior learning assessment (an exam or portfolio review). Students may speak with an academic officer to get current information regarding proficiency exams or portfolio review. There is a nonrefundable evaluation fee; the evaluation fee is assessed regardless of whether credit is granted or not. Additionally, a fee is charged for each course that is awarded proficiency credit and a grade of PR is assigned to the academic record. To receive credit the student must satisfy the specified objectives of the course. Please see the catalog addendum for the current fee schedule. Sanford-Brown neither implies, nor guarantees, that PR credits will be accepted by other institutions. Instead, PR credit demonstrates that students are proficient in the specific course requirement for the respective degree program of study. COLLEGE-LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) The CLEP is a national program of credit by examination to obtain recognition of college-level achievement. The College awards proficiency credit for comparable coursework based on CLEP examination scores as recommended by American Council on Education for the respective requirements. Students must submit an official CLEP score report to be evaluated for this proficiency credit award. A fee is not charged for the evaluation or the awarding of proficiency credit for CLEP. Students should consult to find CLEP examination centers in their areas. DANTES SUBJECT STANDARDIZED TEST (DSST) DSST provides another option for students to demonstrate competencies for learning in nontraditional ways. Originally designed for military service members, DSST examinations are now available to both military sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 25

28 and civilian learners. More information on study guides and examination options is available at Proficiency credit is awarded for passing scores according to the American Council on Education recommendations for the respective course requirements. Students must submit an official DSST transcript to be evaluated for this proficiency credit award. A fee is not charged for the evaluation or the awarding of proficiency credit for the DDST. MILITARY CREDIT To meet the needs of active servicemen, servicewomen, and veterans, prior military credit is accepted by the Institution for comparable courses including Military Training courses, Military Occupational Specialty (MOS), and Service Colleges. The ACE Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services is the basis used for evaluating military training and experience. Official military transcripts are the only acceptable documentation for military credit. A DD214 is considered acceptable for those who are retired from the military or whose service predates the military transcript system. Coast Guard (Mail only) Commanding Officer (ve) USCG Institute 5900 SW 64th Street, Room 228 Oklahoma City, OK ADVANCED PLACEMENT EXAMINATION Advanced Placement (AP) Examination provides students with the opportunity to complete college-level coursework while in high school. If a student achieves a qualifying score of a 3 or higher on the respective AP Examination for comparable coursework, proficiency credit may be awarded. Credit is awarded according to the American Council on Education recommendations for the respective course requirements. Students must submit an official AP transcript for evaluation. Students should contact their high school for direction on obtaining official transcripts that would include AP scores. A fee is not charged for the evaluation or the awarding of proficiency credit for AP Credit. For additional assistance regarding military transcripts, please contact the following: Army U.S. Army Human Resources Command 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Dept. 410 Fort Knox, Kentucky Attn: AARTS Navy and Marines Center for Personal and Professional Development CPPD Attn: Virtual Education Center 1905 Regulus Ave., Suite #324 Virginia Beach, VA (877) (Toll-Free) (757) (Fax) Air Force (Mail only) Community College of the Air Force CAF/DESS 100 South Turner Blvd. Gunter Annex, AL GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To graduate, a student must have earned a minimum of a 2.0 Cumulative Grade Point Average and must have successfully completed all required credits within the maximum credits that may be attempted. Students must also be current on all financial obligations to receive official transcripts. Only students who have completed or are scheduled to complete their requirements for graduation will be eligible to participate in the graduation ceremony. The actual credential and official transcript will not be issued until all final credits are completed and graduation requirements have been fulfilled. All graduates must complete a graduation application and an exit interview with Career Services and Financial Aid. Students should contact the Office of the Registrar for a graduation application. INTERNSHIP AND EXTERNSHIP Externship/Clinical for Allied Health programs Externships are designed to be instructional in nature by providing students with hands-on experience. This experiential training is a cooperative effort between the school, student and externship facilities. Students who successfully complete all prerequisite courses and conditions will be placed on externship at an appropriate setting. The school maintains liability insurance on all students and faculty members while at externship sites. All students on externship are supervised by qualified faculty and/or qualified on-site personnel. Adequate student supervision is provided at all times. Depending on the program, Course Catalog

29 adequate student supervision may vary from a 1:1 ratio to a ratio that may be higher. These ratios are generally determined by accreditor or other regulatory requirements. Students may not substitute for, or replace, paid staff members. In most cases, students receiving education at externship sites may not permitted to be paid for their time on-site. Students are expected to obey the rules and regulations of the externship site and program. The site has the right to remove any student who demonstrates disregard for program and/or site policies and procedures. Some job opportunities or externships may require additional criminal background checks and/or drug screenings prior to site placement or employment. Applicants with factors such as prior criminal background or personal bankruptcy may not be considered for externship or employment in some positions. Employment and externship decisions are outside the control of Sanford-Brown. All students enrolled in a program with an externship component in a clinical setting must complete the following prior to beginning the externship and/or any integrated clinical experiences: Current CPR certification that is valid for the length of all clinical/ externship components Documentation of a health screening. The requirements for this health screening may include various immunizations, titers and a general release from a physician or nurse practitioner. Exact requirements vary by program and the student should consult with the Program Chair in their discipline for additional details Clinical sites may require additional medical information, background check(s), insurance coverage and/or inoculations for the student to begin their externship training. The student is responsible for any cost associated with these additional requirements Internship for all other programs Most programs offered by the college provide the opportunity for students to participate in an internship course. An internship is a supervised training experience in a professional workplace where previously studied theory may be applied. Students who will be participating in an internship course should contact the Director of Education prior to the term in which the internship course will commence to complete the necessary paperwork and to ensure that an appropriate site has been obtained. of the program. Some organizations may require candidates to submit to a drug test. Some programs may require additional education, licensure, and/or certification for employment in some positions. Employment and internship decisions are outside the control of the college. EXTERNSHIP/INTERNSHIP ASSIGNMENT Externship assignments are typically made near the end of the didactic portion of the program. Students must be prepared to travel to their externship assignments. The school will attempt to assign sites that are within a 60-mile radius of the School and that are convenient for the students, however, this may not always be possible. Based on site availability or program requirements, students may be required to complete their externships at more than one location. Students who decline two sites may be required to withdraw from the program. In such an event, the school makes no assurances as to when or if other sites will be available. EXTERNSHIP/INTERNSHIP ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS Students must attend their externship/internship on the days and hours designated by the site. Days or times of externship/internship may not be rearranged without permission from appropriate school personnel and the site supervisor. In the event a student will be absent from a site, the student must call the site and the appropriate school official in advance. If the site supervisor or school/program official determines that a student is not reliable for any reason, including absences, the student may be removed from the site and may be dismissed from the program. In any case, if a student misses five or more consecutive days of their externship assignment, the student may be dismissed from school. Students are required to complete 100% of required externship/ internship hours. Scheduled Sanford-Brown holidays do not apply to students on externship. It is the responsibility of a student to provide the School with a time sheet signed by the site supervisor documenting hours completed for a week no later than Monday of the following week. If a student has missed any time, arrangements for makeup time must be made with the site supervisor and appropriate school personnel. Students will not be considered to have completed their externship/ internship until the site supervisor and appropriate school official has certified all required attendance hours. Organizations that accept students for internship placements and potential employers may conduct a criminal and/or personal background check. Students with criminal records that include felonies or misdemeanors (including those that are drug-related) or personal background issues, such as bankruptcy, might not be accepted by these agencies for internship or employment placement following completion EXTERNSHIP/INTERNSHIP CONDUCT Externship/Internship sites are professional environments where students are expected to conduct themselves in a mature, professional manner appropriate for the workplace. Students are expected to arrive and leave on time and perform their duties in a reliable and sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 27

30 responsible manner. Students may not substitute or replace paid staff members. Students are expected to obey the rules and regulations of the externship/internship site and program. The site has the right to remove any student who demonstrates disregard for program and/or site policies and procedures. LEAVE OF ABSENCE An approved Leave of Absence (LOA) is a temporary interruption in a student s academic attendance for a specific period of time in an ongoing program. LEAVE OF ABSENCE CONDITIONS A student may be eligible for a Leave of Absence if one of the following conditions applies: Medical Leave (including pregnancy) Family Care (childcare issues, loss of family member, or medical care of family) Military Duty Jury Duty The following requirements apply: A student may be granted a Leave of Absence (LOA) if: A signed LOA request that includes the reason for the request is submitted in writing within 5 calendar days of the student s last date of attendance If extenuating circumstances prevent the student from providing a written request within 5 calendar days of the student s last day of attendance, the college may still be able to grant the student s request. A signed LOA request must be provided by the last day in the school s attendance policy (see attendance policy section) along with documentation explaining the extenuating circumstance(s) that prevented submitting the request within 5 calendar days of the last date of attendance. Extenuating circumstances are typically unexpected events, such as premature delivery of a child, illness, a medical condition that deteriorates, an accident or injury or a sudden change in childcare arrangements. Students may request multiple LOAs, but the total number of days the student remains on LOA may not exceed 180 days during a consecutive 12-month timeframe There may be limitations on LOA eligibility for a student enrolled in term-based programs due to scheduling requirements associated with the student s return to school The student must have successfully completed a minimum of one grading period before being eligible to apply for a LOA. One grading period is defined as 5 weeks Prior to applying for an LOA, the student must have completed his or her most recent quarter and received an academic grade or grades (A-F) for that quarter Failure to return from an approved leave of absence or failure to return within the 180 day timeframe will result in the student being administratively withdrawn from the school and may have an impact on the financial aid a student receives, loan repayment and exhaustion of the loan grace period. A student in an LOA status will not receive further financial aid disbursements (if eligible) until returning to active status. Contact the financial aid office for more information about the impact of a LOA on financial aid. STANDARD PERIOD OF NON-ENROLLMENT (SPN) Students who are unable to complete a module or term may be allowed to take a short, Standard Period of Non-Enrollment (SPN). In order to remain in an active status, a written confirmation must be received from the student stating the student s intention to return in a future module or term. Please contact the financial aid office for more information about the impact of a SPN on financial aid. MILITARY LEAVE DURING A TERM Students will be granted a military leave from the Institution without penalty if the student is called for active military duty. Students will receive a 100% tuition refund (any financial aid which may have been received for the term) upon presenting a copy of their military orders for active duty to the Office of Financial Aid. Alternatively, make up work and grade changes with no tuition refund may be more appropriate when the call for active military duty comes near the end of the term. These decisions will be made pending a review by the Designated Academic Official. TRANSCRIPTS An official transcript is maintained for each student. The transcript provides a complete record of all course grades and credits earned. The College will supply official transcripts to whomever the student or graduate designates. Transcript requests are fulfilled through Parchment, a leading company in the processing of secure transcripts. A transcript fee is assessed regardless of transcript hold status. Official transcripts may also be requested through the College by contacting the Office of the Registrar. The College reserves the right to withhold a transcript if a student s financial account is in arrears. Additional information on the electronic transcript service can be found on the student portal Course Catalog

31 $5 Transcripts (electronic or paper) requested electronically through Parchment $10 Transcripts ordered through the campus $30 Overnight/U.S. Mail delivery TRANSFER OF CREDIT Transfer of Credit to the Institution Students who previously attended an accredited college or university recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be granted transfer credit, at the sole discretion of the College. Courses taken previously must be determined to be sufficiently equivalent to courses offered at the College. In addition, those courses must be applicable to their program of study. Only courses in which the student earned a grade of C or above will be considered for transfer. Core/technical courses must have been completed within the last five (5) years. Students seeking to transfer credit are responsible for having official transcripts forwarded from the granting institution for review prior to the beginning of the term in which the transfer credit will be applied. A student must petition for transfer credit with the Office of the Registrar as soon as possible after acceptance. Transfer credit or a refund will not be granted for a class that has already been started. Students may also be required to submit a college catalog and/or course syllabus. TRANSFER OF CREDIT TO OTHER INSTITUTIONS The transferability of credits that a student may earn at Sanford-Brown is at the complete discretion of the institution to which they may seek to transfer. Acceptance of the degree or diploma they earn in their program listed in the student s Enrollment Agreement is also at the complete discretion of the institution to which they may seek to transfer. If the credits or credential earned at this College are not accepted at the Institution to which the student seeks to transfer, the student may be required to repeat some or all of the coursework at that institution. For this reason, the student should make certain that their attendance at this College will meet their educational goals. This may include contacting an institution to which they may seek to transfer after attending the College to determine if their credits or credential will transfer. to, a student must do the following: Have all credits attempted at the previous campus location reviewed for satisfactory academic progress Be in good academic standing with the college Have met all financial obligations at the campus location from which they plan to transfer Students transferring to the same program at another Sanford-Brown campus are considered to have met the entrance requirements. Students changing programs will be subject to the entrance requirements. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE INSTITUTION All students requesting withdrawal from the Institution must notify verbally or in writing to academic administration. All balances become due at the time of the withdrawal. A student who submits a completed official withdrawal form or verbally communicates the intent to withdraw but who continues to attend classes will not be considered to have officially withdrawn from school. STUDENT RECORD RETENTION Sanford-Brown maintains student records at the campus for a minimum of five years. Student transcripts are retained indefinitely. SERVICE LEARNING As part of the student experience in certain programs, Service Learning is integrated and enhances the academic curriculum in which the students are enrolled and includes structured time for the students and participants to reflect on the service learning experience. TRANSFER BETWEEN CAMPUSES The opportunity for education is enhanced by the option for students to transfer among Sanford-Brown campuses. To begin the process of transferring to another campus, students must contact the office of the Registrar. To transfer to another campus in order to take courses that are in academic programs equal to the program the student was admitted sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 29

32 Financial Aid Information FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial Aid is available for those who qualify. The Institution participates in a variety of financial aid programs for the benefit of students. Students must meet the eligibility requirements of these programs to participate. The Institution administers its financial aid programs in accordance with prevailing federal and state laws and its own institutional policies. Students are responsible for providing all requested documentation in a timely manner. Failure to do so could jeopardize the student s financial aid eligibility. To remain eligible for financial aid, a student must maintain satisfactory academic progress as defined in this catalog. DISBURSEMENT OF TITLE IV CREDIT BALANCE (BOOKS) Regulations require that certain Pell Grant-eligible students be provided by the seventh (7th) day of classes a means to obtain or purchase required books and supplies. This provision is available only to students who have submitted all required Title IV financial aid paperwork at least 10 days before the beginning of classes and who are anticipated to have a credit balance, and is subject to certain other conditions. The amount advanced (or books provided) to eligible students for such purchases is the lesser of: the standard estimated book costs used in the college s Cost of Attendance, or the student s anticipated Title IV credit balance for the term (excluding Stafford Loans for first year, first time borrowers). Determination of delivery of books or of the credit balance is determined by the college. Students may opt out of using the way the college has chosen to fulfill this requirement, by simply not accepting the books or credit balance. However, keep in mind that opting out does not require the college to provide the student with an alternative delivery method. Tuition, books and fees are bundled and billed together in a single charge each term. For registered students who have submitted all required FA paperwork books are made available at the campus for pick up by the 7th day of class. It is recommended that students apply for financial aid as early as possible to allow sufficient time for application processing. Financial aid must be approved, and all necessary documentation completed, before the aid can be applied toward tuition and fees. Financial aid is awarded on an award year basis; therefore, depending on the length of the program it may be necessary to reapply for aid for each award year. Students may have to apply for financial aid more than once during the calendar year, depending on their date of enrollment. Students who need additional information and guidance should contact the Office of Financial Aid. HOW TO APPLY Students who want to apply for federal aid must complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) each year. This application is available on-line at and on the Student Portal. The FAFSA applications are processed through the Department of Education and all information is confidential. For Online students, books and supplies will be mailed or provided electronically prior to the start of classes to registered students who have submitted all financial aid paperwork. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS Federal Pell Grant This grant program is designed to assist needy undergraduate students who desire to continue their education beyond high school. Every student is entitled to apply for a Federal Pell Grant. Eligibility is determined by a standard federal formula, which takes into consideration family size, income, lifetime Pell usage, and resources to determine need. The actual amount of the award is based upon the cost of attendance, enrollment status, and the amount of money appropriated by Congress to fund the program. The Federal Pell Grant makes it possible to provide a foundation of financial aid to help defray the cost of a postsecondary education. Unlike loans, the Federal Pell Grant does not usually have to be paid back. Students may have estimates prior to enrollment but must be accepted before financial aid is packaged and processed. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) The FSEOG is a grant program for undergraduate students with exceptional need with priority given to students with Federal Pell Course Catalog

33 Grant eligibility. The federal government allocates FSEOG funds to participating schools. This is a limited pool of funds and the school will determine to whom and how much it will award based on federal guidelines. Often, due to limited funding, FSEOG award resources are exhausted early in the year. Federal Student and Parent Loans The Department s major form of self-help aid includes loans to students and parents through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (Direct Loan) Program. Direct Loans include Federal Stafford, Federal Parent- PLUS, Federal Grad-PLUS, and Federal Consolidation. Interest rates may vary and are typically based on the prime rate or the Treasury bill rate. Contact the specific lender for more information. AGENCY FUNDING FSAG (Florida Student Assistance Grant) This is a grant program available to Florida residents who meet all eligibility requirements and demonstrate substantial financial need as determined by the state and the college. Students must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), and it must be processed by the college s published deadlines. Note that no awards are disbursed for the summer term. Loans and aid are available through the U.S. Government. Federal Direct Stafford Federal Direct Stafford loans are low-interest loans that are made to the student. The loan must be used to pay for direct (tuition and fees, books and supplies) and indirect (room, board, transportation, and personal expenses) education related expenses. Subsidized loans are based on need while unsubsidized loans are not. Repayment begins six months after the student graduates, withdraws from school, or falls below halftime enrollment status. Federal Direct Parent PLUS The William D. Ford Federal Direct Parent-PLUS loan is available to parents of dependent undergraduate students. These loans are not based on need but when combined with other resources, cannot exceed the student s cost of education. A credit check on the parent borrower is required and either or both parents may borrow through this program. Repayment begins within 60 days of final disbursement of the loan within a loan period. However, parents may request a deferment of payments while the student is attending at least half time. Federal Work Study (FWS) FWS is a financial aid program designed to assist students in meeting the cost of their education by working part-time while attending school. Positions may either be on-campus, off-campus, or community-service related. A candidate must demonstrate financial need to be awarded FWS. The number of positions available may be limited depending upon the college s annual funding allocation from the federal government. OTHER FUNDING Private Loans Various lending institutions offer loans to help cover the gap between the cost of education and the amount of federal and state eligibility. A co-signer may be required to meet the loan program s credit criteria. Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program Through Bright Futures, a portion of tuition and fees are paid for a qualified high school graduate who enters an eligible Florida university, community college, or certified vocational/ technical program. Profits from the state-run lottery program fund the scholarship program. Within the Bright Futures Scholarship program, there are three types of awards with different criteria: the Florida Academic Scholars Award, the Florida Medallion Scholars Award, and the Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholars Award. Students receiving these scholarships must meet specific academic requirements upon graduation from high school and continue to maintain specific grades and earned hours while in college. Scholarship amounts are determined by the state and are based on credit hour course load. Students are to contact their Florida high school counselor or Student Finance representative for more information. Awards are disbursed during the fall, winter, and spring terms only. VETERAN S EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS The college is approved by State of Florida, Department of Veterans Affairs, Bureau of State Approving Agency for Veterans Training and participates in many Veterans Educational Benefit programs. Students interested in Veteran s Educational Benefits should contact either the campus certifying official or the office of Student Finance. Veterans who are unsure of their benefit eligibility or have additional eligibility questions should contact the Veterans Administration at (800) , or 888-GI Bill-1 ( ), or go to Eligible students must maintain satisfactory academic progress and all applicable eligibility requirements to continue receiving Veterans Educational Benefits. Yellow Ribbon Grant In accordance with the VA Yellow Ribbon Program, a provision of the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Act of 2008, some schools sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 31

34 have established a Yellow Ribbon Grant. Eligibility and amounts are determined on an annual basis and are subject to change. To be eligible for the grant, a candidate must be accepted for admission to the college, be eligible for Chapter 33 Post 9/11 veterans benefits at the 100% rate, as determined by the Department of Veterans Affairs, complete the appropriate college attestation form and allow for the verification of their Chapter 33 Post-9/11 eligibility via a DD-214 Member-4, Certificate of Eligibility, or comparable government document. The conditions are listed here: Candidates must be either an eligible veteran or a Dependent of an eligible veteran who meets the Chapter 33 Post-9/11 GI Bill Transferability requirements ( Candidates must apply and be accepted for admission to the college to be eligible The Yellow Ribbon Grants are applied as a credit to the student s account and no cash payments will be awarded to the student The Yellow Ribbon Grant is used exclusively toward prior or current program charges The Yellow Ribbon grant is awarded for each period in the program that the student is determined eligible and where the grant is needed The Yellow Ribbon Grant is non-transferable and non-substitutable and cannot be combined with any other institutional grant at the college The College is committed to assisting military students in determining the best options available to them. To receive additional information on veterans educational benefits eligibility, please contact the Veterans Administration at or GI Bill-1( ). You may also visit the VA website at INSTITUTIONAL GRANTS & SCHOLARSHIPS The college offers tuition scholarship awards to encourage the pursuit of higher education. The availability of the different grants and scholarships is based on the campus locations and available funding. Applicants must submit a separate application form for each scholarship and/or grant for which they wish to apply. Applicants must be enrolled fulltime in the college and in active attendance. Scholarship and Grant application forms are available from the Office of Student Services. Withdrawal from the college nullifies any unused scholarship funds. Applicants for need-based scholarships and/or grants must have a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) on file for scholarship or grant consideration when applicable. Selection of awards will be made by the Scholarship Committee based on the eligibility requirements. At no time will grant or scholarship awards be transferred to another individual, school, be received as cash, or will result in excess funding over direct educational costs. CEC employees are not eligible for these programs. Sanford-Brown offers two grants to students depending on the program in which they are enrolled. Art & Design Grant The Institution offers grants to students enrolled in Bachelor s or Associate s programs who have exhausted all federal and state aid for which they are eligible, and have a remaining outstanding tuition balance. The Art & Design Grant ranges from $200 to $16,500 and is subject to the program eligibility limits below. Students will be considered for the grant upon completion of the admissions application process including the completion of the Enrollment Agreement and the financial aid application process. In addition to completing an Art & Design Grant Application, the student must have established an In-School Payment Plan (IPP). The Art & Design Grant Application must be submitted prior to the end of the add/drop period of the applicant s first term or payment period. For Grant eligibility beyond one academic year, the student must reapply for the Grant before the end of the add/drop period of each subsequent academic year. To maintain eligibility, students must remain continuously enrolled, meet satisfactory academic progress, and attend at least 12 credits per academic term. The Art & Design Grant Application and supporting documentation will be reviewed by the Grant Committee to determine eligibility. The Art & Design Grant will be disbursed in equal installments at the end of each term or payment period within the academic year. If the Art & Design Grant is awarded in conjunction with other Institutional Grants, the Art & Design Grant when combined with the other aid resources may not exceed the direct cost of attendance (tuition, books and fees) and cannot be received as cash. The institution makes available a limited amount of money each year for such grants. Once available funding is exhausted, the Art & Design Grants will not be available to otherwise eligible students. The Art & Design Grant Program limits are: Associate Programs $11,000 Bachelor Programs $16, Course Catalog

35 The Sanford-Brown Grant The College offers grants to students who are enrolled in the programs specified below, who have exhausted all federal and state student aid for which they are eligible, and have a remaining outstanding tuition balance. The Sanford-Brown Grant ranges from $10 to $10,000 and is subject to the program eligibility limits listed below. Students will be considered for the grant upon the completion of the admissions application process including the completion of the Enrollment Agreement and the financial aid application process. In addition to completing a Sanford-Brown Grant Application, the student must have established an In-School Payment Plan (IPP). The Sanford-Brown Grant Application must be submitted prior to the end of the school s add/drop period of the applicant s first term or payment period. For Grant eligibility beyond one academic year, the student must reapply for the Grant before the end of the add/drop period of each subsequent academic year. To maintain eligibility for the Sanford- Brown Grant, students must remain continuously enrolled and maintain satisfactory academic progress. The Sanford-Brown Grant Application and supporting documentation will be reviewed by the Grant Committee for determination of eligibility. The Sanford-Brown Grant will be disbursed in equal installments at the end of each term or payment period within the academic year. If the Sanford-Brown Grant is awarded in conjunction with other collegial grants, the Sanford Brown Grant when combined with other aid resources may not exceed the direct cost of attendance (tuition, books and fees) and cannot be received as cash. The college makes available a limited amount of money each year for such grants. Once available funding has been exhausted, the Sanford-Brown Grants will not be available to otherwise eligible students. The Sanford-Brown Grant Program limits are: Certificate/Diploma programs $3,100 Associate Programs $10,000 SANFORD-BROWN COLLEGE TRANSFER CREDIT GRANT Sanford Brown is committed to helping students meet their educational and professional goals. The Transfer Credit Grant program was established to provide tuition assistance to students with transfer credits who wish to complete their education. In order to qualify for this grant, transfer credits must be accepted by the institution. Students will be considered for the grant upon completion of the admissions application process, the establishment of an accepted tuition method of payment plan, and completion of the Transfer Credit Grant Application. To maintain grant eligibility, students must remain enrolled in the same program of study without interruption and maintain satisfactory academic progress. Grant Criteria Complete a Transfer Credit Grant Application Be a first time full-time Sanford Brown student pursuing a one Academic Year Diploma or Certificate Must submit an official transcript and have the credits accepted by Sanford Brown College Must maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress as outlined in the catalog to remain eligible for the grant and receive subsequent disbursements Must be continuously enrolled full-time in the same program of study Establish a tuition payment plan The Sanford Brown Transfer Credit Grant limit is: Certificate/Diploma programs $1,000 Associate Degree (Business Administration)- $1,000 The Transfer Credit Grant will be disbursed in equal installments to be paid at the end of each payment period within the academic year. The Transfer Credit Grant is awarded one time and is not renewable. Please refer to the Financial Aid Office (or Business Office) for additional information on the Transfer Grant. Alumni Scholarship The Alumni Scholarship has been established to assist Sanford-Brown alumni who have successfully achieved degree completion and intend to pursue another degree at Sanford-Brown. Alumni enrolled in a baccalaureate program who have previously completed an associate degree with the previously listed institutions will be eligible for a scholarship award of $1,500 per academic year based upon the criteria listed below. Applicants must meet all conditions of the application process, which are: Previous academic performance (cumulative GPA of ) Completed scholarship application; Two-page essay detailing how completion of the baccalaureate program will enhance career goals; and sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 33

36 Continued academic performance cumulative GPA of throughout enrollment at Sanford-Brown. Scholarship awards will be renewed automatically each academic year if the student remains enrolled, maintains satisfactory academic progress and maintains a cumulative GPA of Awards will be disbursed in equal installments during each term of attendance. Scholarships cannot be transferred to another individual or school and, at no time, will awards be paid in cash. Applications must be submitted to the Office of Student Finance by the term start date and recipients will be selected by the Scholarship Review Committee. No more than 80 scholarship awards may be awarded each calendar year per campus. Presidential Scholarship The Presidential Scholarship has been established to assist students who are committed to maintaining satisfactory academic progress while studying at the Institution and who demonstrate a financial need. Scholarships are awarded based on the student s response to an essay and application submission. Applications must be submitted to the Student Finance Department by the end of the Add /Drop period. Awards will range from $500 to $3,000 for each scholarship recipient payable during the first quarter of attendance after the award is granted. There are a limited number of awards given each term. At no time will grant or scholarship awards be transferred to another individual, school, be received as cash, or will result in excess funding over direct educational costs. Liberty Grant Sanford-Brown offers the Liberty Grant to first-time students, reentering students or students who have re-enrolled, who are active duty, veteran, reserve, or National Guard military personnel serving in the U.S. Armed Services, and their immediate family members*. Liberty Grants are offered in all academic programs with a grant amount of $2,500 per financial aid award year. All grants are prorated over the length of each financial aid award year. A student must remain enrolled and maintain satisfactory academic progress to remain eligible for the grant. For students to be considered for the grant, the student must complete the admissions application process (enroll with the college) and allow for verification of his or her military status. Immediate family members* will be required to verify marital status and spouse s military service. The institution reserves the right to request additional documentation in order to verify individual eligibility for the grant. Deadlines to award the Liberty Grant are at the end of the drop/add period. The institution makes available a limited amount of money each year for the Liberty Grant. Once available funding has been exhausted, Liberty Grants will not be awarded to otherwise eligible students. *Immediate family members: Spouse (life partner) or dependent children only. Siblings, cousins, etc. are not considered an immediate family member. CANCELLATION AND REFUND POLICIES Cancellation A Student who cancels this Agreement within 72 hours (until midnight of the third day excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays) after signing the Agreement will receive a refund of all monies paid. A Student who cancels after 72 hours but prior to the Student s first day of class attendance will receive a refund of all monies paid, except for the nonrefundable Application Fee. If this Agreement is not accepted by SBC or if SBC cancels this Agreement prior to the first day of class attendance, all monies, including the Application Fee, will be refunded. All requests for cancellation by the Student must be made in writing and mailed or hand delivered to the address listed at the top of the Agreement. Refund After the last day of the drop and add period for each term, as stated on the academic calendar, no refunds or adjustments will be made to a student who drops individual classes but is otherwise enrolled at the Institution. Refunds are made for students who withdraw or are withdrawn from the Institution prior to the completion of or at 60% or less of the term in which the student withdraws, according to the following formula: total days attended in the term divided by total days in the term multiplied by tuition for the term. If the student has completed more than 60% of the total days in the term, no refund is due. Refunds are made for a student who withdraws or is withdrawn from the Institution prior to the completion of his or her program and is based on the tuition billed for the term in which the student withdraws, according to the schedule set forth below. If a student withdraws from classes during the term s Add/Drop period, tuition charges will be refunded for the term. There are no individual course refunds, partial or in full, to any student who has withdrawn past the Add/Drop Period. Refunds will be based on the total charge incurred by the student at the time of withdrawal, not the amount the student has actually paid. Tuition and fees attributable to any term beyond the term of withdrawal will be refunded in full. Any books, equipment, and/or uniforms that have been issued are nonrefundable. When a student withdraws from the Institution, he/she must complete a student withdrawal form with the Student Services Office. The date from which refunds will be determined is the last date of recorded attendance. Refunds will be made within 30 calendar days Course Catalog

37 of the notification of an official withdrawal, or date of determination of withdrawal by the Institution. Credit balances due will be refunded to the student/lender as requested. Institutional refunds do not include the application fee. RETURN OF TITLE IV (R2T4) FUNDS A recipient of federal Title IV financial aid who withdraws or is dismissed from the college during a payment period or period of enrollment in which the student began attendance will have the amount of Title IV funds he or she did not earn calculated according to federal regulations. This calculation will be based on the student s last date of attendance and the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn from school (see Withdrawal from the Institution Policy), or the date of dismissal for a student who is dismissed by the college. The period of time in which Title IV financial aid is earned for a payment period or period of enrollment is the number of calendar days the student has been enrolled for the payment period or period of enrollment up to the day the student withdrew, divided by the total calendar days in the payment period or period of enrollment. The percentage is multiplied by the amount of Title IV financial aid for the payment period or period of enrollment for which the Title IV financial aid was awarded to determine the amount of Title IV financial aid earned. The amount of Title IV financial aid that has not been earned for the payment period or period of enrollment, and must be returned, is the complement of the amount earned. The amount of Title IV financial aid earned and the amount of the Title IV financial aid not earned will be calculated based on the amount of Title IV financial aid that was disbursed for the payment period or period of enrollment upon which the calculation was based. A student will have earned 100% of the Title IV financial aid disbursed for the payment period or period of enrollment if the student withdrew after completing more than 60% of the term/payment period. For R2T4 purposes in a term-based program with modules/ sessions, a student is considered to have withdrawn, if they do not complete all of the days they were scheduled to complete in the payment period or period of enrollment. The R2T4 calculation is required for all students who have ceased attendance; other than those on an approved LOA, or those who have attested to an expected return to a future module/ session within the same term. Exception: In order to NOT be considered withdrawn, the school must obtain a written confirmation from the student stating the student s intention of return to a future module/ session within the same or subsequent term. The fact that the student is scheduled to attend the next module/session will NOT be acceptable. For Online students, the U.S. Department of Education regulations indicate that it is not sufficient for a student to simply log in to an online class to demonstrate academic attendance and thus trigger either initial attendance and financial aid eligibility or an LDA (Last Day of Attendance) for purposes of R2T4 (Return of Title IV Aid) calculations. Online programs must use very specific means to document that a student participated in class or was otherwise engaged in a minimum of two academically-related activities, such as submit an assignment; take a quiz; contribute to an online discussion; and in some cases post to a course gallery. Schools are required to determine Title IV funds that must be refunded based upon the percentage of the payment period completed prior to withdrawing. Title IV funds must be returned to the program based upon a tuition refund or if the student received an overpayment based upon costs not incurred but for which Title IV was received. Once the amount of Title IV financial aid that was not earned has been calculated, federal regulations require that the college return Title IV funds disbursed for the payment period or period of enrollment and used for institutional costs in the following order: 1. Loans a. Unsubsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans b. Subsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans c. Federal Direct PLUS loans received on behalf of the student. 2. Federal Pell Grants. 3. Federal SEOG. 4. Other grant or loan assistance authorized by Title IV of the HEA. If the amount of unearned Title IV financial aid disbursed exceeds the amount that is returned by the school, then the student (or parent, if a Federal Parent-PLUS Loan) must return or repay, as appropriate, the remaining grant and loan funds. The student (or parent, if a Federal Parent-PLUS Loan) will be notified of the amount that must be returned or paid back, as appropriate WITHDRAWAL DATE The withdrawal date used to determine when the student is no longer enrolled at the College is the date indicated in written communication by the student to the academic administration office. If a student does not submit written notification, the school will determine the student s withdrawal date based upon federal regulations and institutional records. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 35

38 For Federal student loan reporting purposes, the student s last date of attendance will be reported as the effective date of withdrawal for both official withdrawals and those who do not complete the official withdrawal process. Please note: The above policy may result in a reduction in school charges that is less than the amount of Title IV financial aid that must be returned. Therefore, the student may have an outstanding balance due the school that is greater than that which was owed prior to withdrawal. EXIT INTERVIEW All students upon graduation, withdrawal, standard period of non-enrollment, as well as those students who stop attending, are required to receive exit counseling. Exit counseling reviews the amount of loan debt accrued while in college and provides payback and deferment options. Students can complete exit counseling in the Student Finance Office and will receive an exit counseling packet in the mail. HIGHER ONE LOST CARD REPLACEMENT FEE Students have the option of receiving their refunds and/or stipends electronically. Sanford-Brown has joined with Higher One, a banking services company, to facilitate availability of refunds and/or stipends due to students through the issuance of debit cards. The first card will be free of charge. Students will be charged $15.00 for a replacement card Course Catalog

39 IADT School of Design Fashion Design Bachelor of Fine Arts Graphic Design Associate of Science Bachelor of Fine Arts Programs and Course Listings PROGRAMS OF STUDY All programs provide students with the opportunity for in-depth career preparation. In the Bachelor s degree programs, students benefit from advanced career courses and general education requirements. Interior Design Bachelor of Fine Arts Retail Merchandise Management Associate of Science Bachelor of Science Web Design and Development Associate of Science Bachelor of Science Not all programs are offered on all start dates. School of Business Business Administration Associate of Science School of Health Allied Health Associate of Science Cardiovascular Sonography Associate of Science Massage Therapy Diploma Medical Assistant Diploma Pharmacy Technician Diploma Veterinary Technology Associate of Science School of Technology Animation Technology Bachelor of Science Audio Production Associate of Science Bachelor of Fine Arts Post Production Associate of Science Professional Photography Associate of Science The following programs at Sanford-Brown Tampa are closed for new enrollments: Occupational Associates in Cardiovascular Sonography Diploma in Dental Assistant Diploma in Dental Assisting with Expanded Functions Diploma in Pharmacy Technology Bachelor of Science in Post Production Bachelor of Fine Arts in Professional Photography sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 37

40 Prepare standard business documents, marketing materials, and correspondence; and maintain accurate financial records Direct and coordinate organization s financial and budget activities to fund operations, maximize investments, and increase efficiency Use computer applications, management information systems, and other technology to complete business projects Business Administration ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE 92 Quarter Credits Program Length: 40 Weeks Day / 60 Weeks Evening The Business Administration associate degree program prepares students for the world of commerce and industry through the study of business management, marketing and retail operations, e-commerce, accounting, business law and ethics, business office applications, professional communication, human resource management, and project management. Students will develop the knowledge, skills, and competencies necessary to enter the workforce immediately upon graduation or to continue their education at the baccalaureate level. Conduct research, analyze data, and prepare professional business reports and presentations Organize and oversee business activities involved in the production, pricing, sales, or distribution of products Apply analytical problem-solving skills in support of organizational objectives Demonstrate professional business communication skills Assist with project planning, tracking, and management needs Interview, hire, and train new employees and oversee human resource needs Apply effective and ethical decision-making processes to business practices Program Learning Outcomes Demonstrate a broad knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes involved in business management, marketing, accounting, and retail operations Explain economic principles and practices that affect business operations, including financial markets, banking, and the business economy Explain the nature and role of business in global markets and e-commerce Employ tools, principles, and techniques of continuous process improvement in order to achieve quality and excellence in the workplace Apply appropriate concepts and principles of finance, accounting, and statistics to make effective decisions Review financial statements, sales and activity reports, and other performance data to measure productivity and goal achievement and to determine areas needing cost reduction and program improvement Course Catalog

41 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS AC101 Principles of Accounting 4 AC102 Principles of Accounting II 4 BA101 Principles of Business 4 BA102 Introduction to Management 4 BA103 Introduction to Marketing 4 BA104 Business Mathematics 4 BA115 Administrative Office Procedures 3 BA120 Business Law 4 BA200 Business Communications 4 BA210 Personnel/Human Resource Management 4 BA212 Principles of Retailing 4 BA213 Small Business Management 4 BA231 Integrated Software Applications 3 BA232 E-Commerce 4 BA236 Spreadsheet Modeling and Simulations 3 BA245 Entrepreneurship 4 CSS101 Introduction to Computers 3 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 64 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COM152 Interpersonal Communication Skills 4 ECON201 Fundamentals of Economics 4 ENG101 English Composition 4 ENG220 English Composition II 4 MTH110 College Mathematics 4 PHL210 Ethics 4 SOC220 Cultural Diversity 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 28 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 92 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 39

42 Explain psychological and sociological factors that affect human behavior, and demonstrate an awareness and appreciation for human diversity when interacting with others Analyze healthcare delivery and patient support services from a holistic and patient-focused perspective Allied Health ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE 92 Quarter Credits Program Length: 20 Additional weeks after the completion of an Allied Health Certificate or Diploma Program The Allied Health Academic Associate of Science degree program is designed to prepare students with the appropriate general education and didactic theory necessary to advance from an allied health diploma level to the Academic Associate of Science degree. A mixed variety of general education courses and a limited number of core allied healthrelated courses will prepare students to advance their careers in their respective disciplines. Additional Admissions Requirements for the Allied Health Program In addition to the admission standards set by the College for all programs found in the Admissions section of the College Catalog, the Allied Health program requires student to have obtained a certificate or diploma in an Allied Health program from a college of higher education accredited by the U.S. Department of Education. The student must have earned a cumulative GPA of 2.0 ( C average) in the certificate or diploma program from which they have graduated. Allied Health Program Core Bridge Credit SBC Tampa will accept 60 quarter credits from an applicant s approved Healthcare Diploma program with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (earned a C or better average). These credits will be assigned to the student s transcript as ALH200 - Allied Health Bridge Credit. The College s Residency Requirements Policy requires students to complete a minimum of 23 credits (25% of 92 credits) at SBC Tampa that is outside the scope of the bridge credit and any other specific General Education transfer credit or proficiency credit. Program Learning Outcomes Apply healthcare business office knowledge and skills to personnel management, risk management, and financial administration Explain and implement healthcare regulations used to ensure confidentiality, safety, and quality of allied health services Assess selected dimensions of wellness, including psychological, emotional, and physical factors that can affect one s health and well-being Examine environmental influences that affect behavior; and demonstrate means for adapting health care support to meet various patient needs Demonstrate interpersonal and non-verbal communication skills used to professionally interact with others via phone, conversation, , and written correspondence Accurately take, translate, record, research, and secure medical data Course Catalog

43 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COM152 Interpersonal Communication Skills 4 ENG101 English Composition 4 MTH110 College Mathematics 4 PSY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 SOC101 Introduction to Sociology 4 SOC220 Cultural Diversity 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 24 ELECTIVE COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS PHL105 Critical Thinking 4 PSY110 Human Growth & Development 4 TOTAL ELECTIVE CREDITS 8 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS ALH200 Allied Health Core Bridge Credit 60 ALH202 Healthcare Management 4 ALH204 Health and Wellness 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 68 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 92 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 41

44 Program Objectives Explain basic physical principles of ultrasound Demonstrate knowledge of basic hemodynamics Demonstrate knowledge of vascular anatomy and pathophysiology Elicit patient history and recognize signs and symptoms of vascular disease Cardiovascular Sonography *This program is closed for new enrollments. OCCUPATIONAL ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAM 80 Semester Credits Program Length: 80 Instructional Weeks Program Learning Outcomes The Cardiovascular Sonography program is designed to prepare the students to perform echocardiographic examinations under the direction of a physician / cardiologist. Students gain both didactic knowledge and practical experience in cardiovascular science, EKG, holter monitoring, telemetry, and echocardiography. The students will have the opportunity to study the anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology of the organ systems, recognize the EKG patterns of infarction, arrhythmia recognition, appreciate emergency protocols, and perform echocardiography. The core curriculum is structured to include a lecture component, an imaging laboratory component, and a clinical component. The final externship portion of the curriculum is structured to include supervised experiences in the clinical environment that require competencies, logs, and evaluations completed by the student. At the conclusion of the program, graduates who have diligently attended class and their externship, studied, and practiced their skills should have the skills to seek entry-level employment as cardiovascular sonographers. The Cardiovascular Sonography program is designed to prepare competent entry-level cardiovascular technologists in the cognitive (knowledge), psychomotor (skills), and affective (behavior) learning domains for adult echocardiography. Perform a basic physical exam and identify the presence of vascular disease and signs and symptoms of vascular disease Describe the pathological mechanism and risk factors of vascular diseases Transport patients safely from wheelchair or cart to exam table Offer basic (medical) care to patients (e.g., dressing changes, regarding intravenous lines, changing oxygen sources, bedpans, emesis basins, ulceration s, open wounds, etc.) Provide comfort and compassionate care to patients Demonstrate appropriate use of noninvasive vascular equipment controls (e.g., scale, gain, size, filter, angle correction, electronic steering, invert, sample volume size, power output, color amplitude, b-flow, flow measurement, etc.) in instruments and techniques including, but not limited to: Continuous wave (CW) Doppler and zero-crossing detector Arterial plethysmography Duplex ultrasound Practice B-mode imaging Describe the uses of Pulsed wave (PW) Doppler and color flow imaging Explain the appropriate uses of noninvasive vascular testing (indications) Perform arterial exams of the lower and upper extremities including Continuous wave (CW) Doppler waveforms. Segmental pressures Segmental plethysmography Digital pressures using a photoplethysmograph (PPG) Exercise testing Duplex scanning of native arteries of the upper and lower extremities Duplex scanning of bypass grafts Thoracic outlet testing Palmer arch testing Course Catalog

45 Pseudo aneurysm identification and compression Arteriovenous fistula identification Perform venous exams of the lower and upper extremities using duplex ultrasound by Image/vein compression CW Doppler Duplex imaging, b-mode, spectral PW Doppler, color Doppler Vein mapping PPG venous reflex exam Perform extracranial carotid and vertebral artery exams using Duplex imaging Duplex PW Doppler Duplex color Doppler Measurements (diameter, area, velocity) Transcranial Doppler and/or imaging Perform abdominal and visceral duplex exams Renal Mesenteric Aorta-iliac (including aneurysm) IVC/iliac veins Hepato-portal Analyze data collected from vascular exams and create a preliminary interpretation/summary of findings Identify the capabilities, accuracy and limitations of noninvasive vascular exams Collect pertinent data and calculate basic test validation statistics Describe other diagnostic tests used to assess vascular diseases (arteriography, venography, MRA, etc.) Describe treatment options for patients with various levels of vascular disease Conservative Medical/pharmacology Endovascular Surgical List professional sources of information and journals, including associations, credentialing and accreditation organizations, other continuing educational sources, and internet resources Demonstrate knowledge of normal and abnormal cardiac anatomy Embryology and fetal cardiac development Cardiac chambers and septation Valve anatomy and dynamics Coronary artery anatomy Relationships of cardiac chambers and great vessels Demonstrate knowledge of cardiovascular physiology Hemodynamics Ventricular function, including influence of loading conditions and measurement of cardiac output Exercise physiology Electrophysiology and conduction system Pulmonary vascular disease Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of cardiac pathology, pathophysiology, and hemodynamics in different types of cardiac disease Valvular heart disease Ischemic cardiac disease Cardiomyopathy Pericardial disease Congenital heart disease Cardiac neoplasm s and masses Cardiac trauma Pulmonary vascular disease Diseases of the aorta and great vessels Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of clinical cardiology Relationship of echocardiography to history and physical examination (including indications for echocardiography) Differential diagnosis as it relates to the echocardiographic examination Cardiovascular surgery and interventional cardiology Effect of systemic diseases on cardiovascular anatomy and physiology Demonstrate knowledge of other diagnostic cardiac procedures emphasizing indications, utility, and limitations of these procedures Angiography and cardiac catheterization Electrocardiography, electrophysiologic studies, sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 43

46 Holter monitoring Stress testing Radionuclide studies Other tomographic imaging procedures These are consistent with the mission to meet the needs of adult students and employers by providing quality, focused programs of education in allied healthcare and related fields that prepare students for employment. Phonocardiography and external pulse recording Demonstrate proficiency in the performance of M-mode, towdimensional, and Doppler (pulsed wave, continuous wave and color flow) echocardiographic diagnostic procedures. Recognize, identify, and appropriately document the abnormal echocardiographic and Doppler patterns of disease, pathology, and pathophysiology for cardiac diseases Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the indications, utility, limitations, and technical procedures for related echocardiographic diagnostic procedures Stress echocardiography Transesophageal echocardiography Intraoperative echocardiography Contrast echocardiography Echo-guided procedures Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of clinical pharmacology as it relates to echocardiography and provocative maneuvers Cardiovascular pharmacology Theory and use of provocative stress agents Non-pharmacologic stress Potential effects of cardiac medications on echocardiographic findings Demonstrate knowledge, understanding, and proficiency in the use of quantitation principles applied to echocardiographic images and flow data Standard M-mode, two-dimensional, and Doppler measurements and calculations Knowledge and understanding of normal and abnormal values for M-mode, two-dimensional and Doppler echocardiography Evaluation of normal and abnormal ventricular function Evaluation of the severity of valve stenosis and regurgitation Knowledge of normal and abnormal cardiovascular hemodynamics and flow patterns Course Catalog

47 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS BIO130 Anatomy and Physiology I 3 BIO131 Anatomy and Physiology II 3.5 CCT100 Introduction to Cardiovascular Sonography I 4 CCT101 Introduction to Cardiovascular Sonography II 4 CCT102 CVS Pharmacology I 1.5 CCT103 CVS Pharmacology II 1.5 CCT104 Advanced CVS Pathology I 1.5 CCT105 Advanced CVS Pathology II 1.5 CCT106FL Cardiac Modalities I 4 CCT107FL Cardiac Modalities II 4 CVT200 Echocardiography I 4.5 CVT201 Physical Principles of Medicine I 1.5 CVT202 Echocardiography II 4.5 CVT203 Physical Principles of Medicine II 1.5 CVT204 Advanced Echo/Doppler I 4.5 CVT205 CVS Instrumentation I 1.5 CVT206 Advanced Echo/Doppler II 4.5 CVT207 CVS Instrumentation II 1.5 CVT220 Clinical Applications VI 3.5 CVT222 Clinical Applications VII 3.5 CVT224 Externship I 3.5 CVT226 Externship II 3.5 CVT228FL Externship III 3.5 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 70 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS BIO105 Biology 3 COM150 Effective Communication 1 MTH120 Algebra 3 MTH150 Math/Physics 3 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 10 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 80 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 45

48 Offer basic (medical) care to patients (e.g., dressing changes, regarding intravenous lines, changing oxygen sources, bedpans, emesis basins, ulceration s, open wounds, etc.) Provide comfort and compassionate care to patients Cardiovascular Sonography ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM 120 Quarter Credits Program Length: 70 Weeks Program Description The Cardiovascular Sonography program is designed to prepare the graduate to perform echocardiographic examinations under the direction of a physician. Upon completion of the program the graduate should have didactic knowledge and practical experience in Echocardiography, Vascular Ultrasound, and EKG as well as a general understanding of GEST, Holter monitoring, and telemetry. Furthermore, the student should be able to (1) explain the anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology of organ systems, (2) recognize EKG patterns of infarction, arrhythmia recognition, (3) demonstrate knowledge of emergency protocols, and (4) demonstrate critical thinking skills necessary for completion of a thorough study of the heart. Students will have the opportunity to learn to work effectively with other allied health care professionals, patients, and families to promote patient safety, diagnosis and recovery. Program Objectives Explain basic physical principles of ultrasound Demonstrate knowledge of basic hemodynamics Demonstrate knowledge of vascular anatomy and pathophysiology Elicit patient history and recognize signs and symptoms of vascular disease Perform a basic physical exam and identify the presence of vascular disease and signs and symptoms of vascular disease Describe the pathological mechanism and risk factors of vascular diseases Demonstrate appropriate use of noninvasive vascular equipment controls (e.g., scale, gain, size, filter, angle correction, electronic steering, invert, sample volume size, power output, color amplitude, b-flow, flow measurement, etc.) in instruments and techniques including, but not limited to: Continuous wave (CW) Doppler and zero-crossing detector Arterial plethysmography Duplex ultrasound Practice B-mode imaging Describe the uses of Pulsed wave (PW) Doppler and color flow imaging Explain the appropriate uses of noninvasive vascular testing (indications) Perform arterial exams of the lower and upper extremities including Continuous wave (CW) Doppler waveforms. Segmental pressures Segmental plethysmography Digital pressures using a photoplethysmograph (PPG) Exercise testing Duplex scanning of native arteries of the upper and lower extremities Duplex scanning of bypass grafts Thoracic outlet testing Palmer arch testing Pseudo aneurysm identification and compression Arteriovenous fistula identification Perform venous exams of the lower and upper extremities using duplex ultrasound by Image/vein compression CW Doppler Duplex imaging, b-mode, spectral PW Doppler, color Doppler Vein mapping PPG venous reflex exam Transport patients safely from wheelchair or cart to exam table Course Catalog

49 Perform extracranial carotid and vertebral artery exams using Duplex imaging Duplex PW Doppler Duplex color Doppler Measurements (diameter, area, velocity) Transcranial Doppler and/or imaging Perform abdominal and visceral duplex exams Renal Mesenteric Aorta-iliac (including aneurysm) IVC/iliac veins Hepato-portal Analyze data collected from vascular exams and create a preliminary interpretation/summary of findings Identify the capabilities, accuracy and limitations of noninvasive vascular exams Collect pertinent data and calculate basic test validation statistics Describe other diagnostic tests used to assess vascular diseases (arteriography, venography, MRA, etc.) Describe treatment options for patients with various levels of vascular disease Conservative Medical/pharmacology Endovascular Surgical List professional sources of information and journals, including associations, credentialing and accreditation organizations, other continuing educational sources, and internet resources Demonstrate knowledge of normal and abnormal cardiac anatomy Embryology and fetal cardiac development Cardiac chambers and septation Valve anatomy and dynamics Coronary artery anatomy Relationships of cardiac chambers and great vessels Demonstrate knowledge of cardiovascular physiology Hemodynamics Ventricular function, including influence of loading conditions and measurement of cardiac output Exercise physiology Electrophysiology and conduction system Pulmonary vascular disease Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of cardiac pathology, pathophysiology, and hemodynamics in different types of cardiac disease Valvular heart disease Ischemic cardiac disease Cardiomyopathy Pericardial disease Congenital heart disease Cardiac neoplasm s and masses Cardiac trauma Pulmonary vascular disease Diseases of the aorta and great vessels Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of clinical cardiology Relationship of echocardiography to history and physical examination (including indications for echocardiography) Differential diagnosis as it relates to the echocardiographic examination Cardiovascular surgery and interventional cardiology Effect of systemic diseases on cardiovascular anatomy and physiology Demonstrate knowledge of other diagnostic cardiac procedures emphasizing indications, utility, and limitations of these procedures Angiography and cardiac catheterization Electrocardiography, electrophysiologic studies, Holter monitoring Stress testing Radionuclide studies Other tomographic imaging procedures Phonocardiography and external pulse recording Demonstrate proficiency in the performance of M-mode, towdimensional, and Doppler (pulsed wave, continuous wave and color flow) echocardiographic diagnostic procedures. Recognize, identify, and appropriately document the abnormal echocardiographic and Doppler patterns of disease, pathology, and pathophysiology for cardiac diseases sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 47

50 Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the indications, utility, limitations, and technical procedures for related echocardiographic diagnostic procedures Stress echocardiography Transesophageal echocardiography Intraoperative echocardiography Contrast echocardiography Echo-guided procedures Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of clinical pharmacology as it relates to echocardiography and provocative maneuvers Cardiovascular pharmacology Theory and use of provocative stress agents Non-pharmacologic stress Potential effects of cardiac medications on echocardiographic findings Demonstrate knowledge, understanding, and proficiency in the use of quantitation principles applied to echocardiographic images and flow data Standard M-mode, two-dimensional, and Doppler measurements and calculations Knowledge and understanding of normal and abnormal values for M-mode, two-dimensional and Doppler echocardiography Evaluation of normal and abnormal ventricular function Evaluation of the severity of valve stenosis and regurgitation Knowledge of normal and abnormal cardiovascular hemodynamics and flow patterns Accreditation/Certification Information Disclosure The Cardiovascular Sonography program is not programmatically accredited. Employers are increasingly requiring professionals in the cardiovascular field to be credentialed before the will be employed in the field. Thus, graduates of the Cardiovascular Sonography program are encouraged to take The Registered Diagnostic Cardiac Sonographer (RDCS) credentialing examination offered by the American Registry of Diagnostic Medical Sonographers (ARDMS). Graduates are eligible to apply for the RDCS examination upon meeting all of the ARDMS prerequisites ( ARDMS prerequisites are not controlled by Sanford-Brown and are subject to change by ARDMS without notice. Therefore, Sanford-Brown cannot guarantee that graduates will be eligible to take this examination, at all or at any specific time, regardless of eligibility upon enrollment Course Catalog

51 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS ALH106 Medical Law and Ethics 4 ALH117 Safety in the Healthcare Environment 2.5 BIO150 Human Body 4 CVS131 Electrocardiography 2.5 CVS134 Cardiovascular Pathology 3 CVS138 Cardiovascular Pharmacology 2 CVS140 Vascular I 5 CVS141 Vascular II 6 CVS142 Integrated Clinical Vascular II 1 CVS210 Echo I 6 CVS211 Integrated Clinical Echo I 1 CVS212 Echo II 6 CVS213 Integrated Clinical Echo II 1 CVS214 Echo III 6 CVS215 Integrated Clinical Echo III 1 CVS239 Cardiovascular Sonography Externship I 6 CVS240 Cardiovascular Sonography Externship II 6 CVS241 Cardiovascular Sonography Externship III 6 CVS242 Cardiovascular Sonography Externship IV 6 PHY113 Introduction to Physics 4 PHY145 Ultrasound Physics I 3.5 PHY150 Ultrasound Physics II 5.5 PSY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 92 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS BIO107 Biology 4 BIO151 Anatomy and Physiology 8 COM152 Interpersonal Communication Skills 4 ENG101 English Composition 4 MTH110 College Mathematics 4 MTH135 Algebra 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 28 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 120 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 49

52 Competency Area 2 Demonstrate knowledge and skill required to perform a variety of clinical support treatments, including: 1. Manage infection and hazard control protocol consistent with published professional guidelines. 2. Prepare tray set-ups. 3. Prepare and dismiss patients. Dental Assistant *This program is closed for new enrollments. DIPLOMA PROGRAM 60 Quarter Credits 35 Instructional Weeks (Day) / 50 Instructional Weeks (Evening) Program Learning Outcomes The Dental Assistant program is designed to prepare students to assist in a variety of dental office situations. Students receive training in dental anatomy, pathology and terminology, dental instruments and materials, X-rays and radiography, chairside assisting techniques, as well as dental laboratory and office administration procedures. The core curriculum is structured to include a lecture component, a laboratory component, and a clinical component. The final externship portion of the curriculum consists of supervised experiences in a clinical environment, which requires competencies, logs, and evaluations completed by the student. At the conclusion of the program, graduates who have diligently attended class and their externship, studied, and practiced their skills should have the skills to seek entry-level employment as dental assistants. Program Objectives: Competency Area 1 Demonstrate knowledge and skill required to systematically collect diagnostic data, including: 1. Medical and dental histories. 2. Vital Signs. 3. Extra/intra oral examination. 4. Dental charting. 5. Radiographs. 6. Preliminary impressions/study casts/occlusal registrations. 4. Apply current concepts of chairside assisting. 5. Assist with and/or apply topical anesthetic. 6. Assist with and/or place and remove rubber dam. 7. Assist with and/or apply fluoride agents. 8. Provide oral health instruction. 9. Provide post-operative instructions prescribed by a dentist. 10. Maintain accurate patient treatment records. 11. Maintain treatment area. 12. Assist in the management of medical and dental emergencies. 13. Administer cardiopulmonary resuscitation when indicated. 14. Fabricate custom trays. 15. Clean and polish removable appliances and prostheses. 16. Fabricate provisional restorations. Competency Area 3 Demonstrate knowledge and skill required for business office procedures, including: 1. Manage telephones. 2. Control appointments. 3. Perform financial transactions. 4. Complete third-party reimbursement forms. 5. Maintain supply inventory. 6. Manage recall systems. 7. Operate business equipment to include computers. Competency Area 4 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill required to work and communicate effectively with patients and health professionals, including: 1. Oral communications. 2. Written communications. 3. Psychology Course Catalog

53 Competency Area 5 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and in biomedical sciences, including: 1. Body structure and function. 2. Disease concepts. 3. Dietary consideration of the dental patient. 4. Anatomy and physiology. 5. Microbiology. 6. Nutrition. 7. Bloodborne pathogens. 8. Hazard communications standards. Competency Area 6 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill in dental sciences, including: 1. Materials used in intra-oral and laboratory procedures and their manipulation. 2. The development, form and function of the structures of the oral cavity. 3. Development, form and function of oral disease. 4. Pharmacology as they relate to dental assisting procedures. 5. Oral histology. 6. Oral embryology. 7. Oral pathology. 8. Oral anatomy. Competency Area 7 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill in dental radiological sciences, including: 1. Scientific principles of dental radiography. 2. Radiation safety measures to produce diagnostic radiographic surveys on manikins prior to exposing radiographs on patients. 3. Taking diagnostically acceptable radiographs on patients in the program facility prior to taking radiographs during extramural clinical assignments. 4. Exposing and processing radiographs on a variety of patients. Competency Area 8 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill in clinical sciences, including 1. General dentistry. 2. Specialty procedures as they relate to general dentistry. 3. Practice management. 4. Chairside assisting. 5. Dental-related environmental hazards. 6. Oral health education. 7. Management of dental and medical emergencies. 8. Legal and ethical aspects of dentistry. Competency Area 9 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill in employability skills including 1. Ability to work independently. 2. Appearance professional conduct. 3. Dependability. 4. Motivation. 5. Ability to communicate. 6. Neatness of work. Factors Affecting Employment The Dental Assistant program at SBC is not programmatically accredited. Because the Dental Assistant program at SBC is not programmatically accredited, graduates are not eligible to take the certification examination offered by the Dental Assisting National Board (DANB) unless they have a high school diploma, a current CPR from a DANB-accepted provider, and obtain at least 3500 hours of work experience as defined by DANB. The certification examination offered by the DANB is voluntary but obtaining one or more certifications may enhance employment opportunities. Requirements for certification or taking and passing these examinations are not controlled by SBC but by outside agencies and are subject to change by the agency without notice. Therefore, SBC cannot guarantee that graduates will be eligible to take certification exams at all or at any specific time, regardless of their eligibility status upon enrollment. Similarly, licensure and/or registration requirements are controlled by the individual states and are subject to change without notice. Although Florida does not require dental assistants to obtain state licensure or registration at this time, some states may require this. SBC does not control state licensure and/or registration requirements and cannot guarantee that graduates will be eligible to work as dental assistants in Florida or other states, at all or at any specific time, regardless of their eligibility status upon enrollment. Employers also may be more likely to refrain from employing applicants with a criminal record, personal bankruptcy, or other items that may be disclosed on a personal background or credit check. These are non-exhaustive examples. Specific potential employers, industry groups, jurisdictions, and the latest edition of the Bureau of Labor Statistics Occupational Outlook Handbook (see are good places to start researching the specific requirements for employment in this field. SBC cannot guarantee that sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 51

54 a graduate will be able to obtain a particular certification, permit, or license or secure employment in the field upon graduation or at any time in the future, because SBC does not control those requirements. It is the student s responsibility to investigate the requirements for certification and employment before starting class to determine whether he/she will be eligible to pursue any particular employment and/or advancement in this field upon graduation Course Catalog

55 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS ALH133 Patient Relations 4 ALH186 Career Success 4 DA100 Dental History and Ethics 4 DA104 Pharmacology and Medical Emergencies 2.5 DA108 Dental Materials and Laboratory 2.5 DA112 Dental Business 4 DA114 Chairside Assisting 2 DA116 Microbiology, Infection Control, and Hazard Communications DA118 Dental Radiology 4 DA123 Head and Neck Anatomy 4 DA124 Dental Health and Nutrition 4 DA128 Dental Anatomy, Embryology, and Histology 4 DA129 Oral Pathology and Periodontics 4 DA130 Chairside Assisting II 4 DA201 Dental Assistant Externship I 4 DA202 Dental Assistant Externship II 6 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 60 3 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 53

56 Competency Area 2 Demonstrate knowledge and skill required to perform a variety of clinical support treatments, including: 1. Manage infection and hazard control protocol consistent with published professional guidelines. 2. Prepare tray set-ups. Dental Assisting with Expanded Functions *This program is closed for new enrollments. DIPLOMA PROGRAM 83 Quarter Credits Program Length: 55 Weeks Day, 70 Weeks Evening Program Learning Outcomes The Dental Assisting with Expanded Functions program is designed to prepare students to assist in a variety of dental office situations. Students receive training in dental anatomy, pathology and terminology, dental instruments and materials, X-rays and radiography, chairside assisting techniques, as well as dental laboratory and office administration procedures. The core curriculum is structured to include a lecture component, a laboratory component, and a clinical component. The final externship portion of the curriculum consists of supervised experiences in a clinical environment, which requires competencies, logs, and evaluations completed by the student. At the conclusion of the program, graduates who have diligently attended class and their externship, studied, and practiced their skills should have the skills to seek entry-level employment as dental assistants. Program Objectives Competency Area 1 Demonstrate knowledge and skill required to systematically collect diagnostic data, including: 1. Medical and dental histories. 2. Vital Signs. 3. Extra/intra oral examination. 4. Dental charting. 5. Radiographs. 3. Prepare and dismiss patients. 4. Apply current concepts of chairside assisting. 5. Assist with and/or apply topical anesthetic. 6. Assist with and/or place and remove rubber dam. 7. Assist with and/or apply fluoride agents. 8. Provide oral health instruction. 9. Provide post-operative instructions prescribed by a dentist. 10. Maintain accurate patient treatment records. 11. Maintain treatment area. 12. Assist in the management of medical and dental emergencies. 13. Administer cardiopulmonary resuscitation when indicated. 14. Fabricate custom trays. 15. Clean and polish removable appliances and prostheses. 16. Fabricate provisional restorations. Competency Area 3 Demonstrate knowledge and skill required for business office procedures, including: 1. Manage telephones. 2. Control appointments. 3. Perform financial transactions. 4. Complete third-party reimbursement forms. 5. Maintain supply inventory. 6. Manage recall systems. 7. Operate business equipment to include computers. Competency Area 4 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill required to work and communicate effectively with patients and health professionals, including 1. Oral communications. 2. Written communications. 3. Psychology. 6. Preliminary impressions/study casts/occlusal registrations Course Catalog

57 Competency Area 5 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and in biomedical sciences, including: 1. Body structure and function. 2. Disease concepts. 3. Dietary consideration of the dental patient. 4. Anatomy and physiology. 5. Microbiology. 6. Nutrition. 7. Bloodborne pathogens. 8. Hazard communications standards. Competency Area 6 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill in dental sciences, including: 1. Materials used in intra-oral and laboratory procedures and their manipulation. 2. The development, form and function of the structures of the oral cavity. 3. Development, form and function of oral disease. 4. Pharmacology as they relate to dental assisting procedures. 5. Oral histology. 6. Oral embryology. 7. Oral pathology. 8. Oral anatomy. Competency Area 7 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill in dental radiological sciences, including: 1. Scientific principles of dental radiography. 2. Radiation safety measures to produce diagnostic radiographic surveys on manikins prior to exposing radiographs on patients. 3. Taking diagnostically acceptable radiographs on patients in the program facility prior to taking radiographs during extramural clinical assignments. 4. Exposing and processing radiographs on a variety of patients. Competency Area 8 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill in clinical sciences, including: 1. General dentistry. 2. Specialty procedures as they relate to general dentistry. 3. Practice management. 4. Chairside assisting. 5. Dental-related environmental hazards. 6. Oral health education. 7. Management of dental and medical emergencies. 8. Legal and ethical aspects of dentistry. Competency Area 9 Demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skill in employability skills including: 1. Ability to work independently. 2. Appearance professional conduct. 3. Dependability. 4. Motivation. 5. Ability to communicate. 6. Neatness of work. Factors Affecting Employment The Dental Assisting with Expanded Functions program at SBC is not programmatically accredited. Because the Dental Assisting with Expanded Functions program at SBC is not programmatically accredited, graduates are not eligible to take the certification examination offered by the Dental Assisting National Board (DANB) unless they have a high school diploma, a current CPR from a DANB-accepted provider, and obtain at least 3500 hours of work experience as defined by DANB. The certification examination offered by the DANB is voluntary but obtaining one or more certifications may enhance employment opportunities. Requirements for certification or taking and passing these examinations are not controlled by SBC but by outside agencies and are subject to change by the agency without notice. Therefore, SBC cannot guarantee that graduates will be eligible to take certification exams at all or at any specific time, regardless of their eligibility status upon enrollment. Similarly, licensure and/or registration requirements are controlled by the individual states and are subject to change without notice. Although Florida does not require dental assistants to obtain state licensure or registration at this time, some states may require this. SBC does not control state licensure and/or registration requirements and cannot guarantee that graduates will be eligible to work as dental assistants sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 55

58 in Florida or other states, at all or at any specific time, regardless of their eligibility status upon enrollment. Employers also may be more likely to refrain from employing applicants with a criminal record, personal bankruptcy, or other items that may be disclosed on a personal background or credit check. These are non-exhaustive examples. Specific potential employers, industry groups, jurisdictions, and the latest edition of the Bureau of Labor Statistics Occupational Outlook Handbook (see are good places to start researching the specific requirements for employment in this field. SBC cannot guarantee that a graduate will be able to obtain a particular certification, permit, or license or secure employment in the field upon graduation or at any time in the future, because SBC does not control those requirements. It is the student s responsibility to investigate the requirements for certification and employment before starting class to determine whether he/she will be eligible to pursue any particular employment and/or advancement in this field upon graduation Course Catalog

59 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS ALH122 Medical Terminology All Body Systems 4 ALH133 Patient Relations 4 ALH186 Career Success 4 CS102 Student Success 4 DA100 Dental History and Ethics 4 DA106 Anatomy, Physiology, and Dental Specialties 4 DA107 Dental Pharmacology 4 DA109 Dental Materials and Lab 5 DA110 Dental Anatomy 4 DA113 Dental Business 8 DA117 Dental Radiology 4 DA119 Dental Radiology Procedures 6 DA120 Chairside Assisting Instrumentation 4 DA121 Chairside Assisting Charting 4 DA122 Oral Pathology 4 DA124 Dental Health and Nutrition 4 DA126 Chairside Assisting Specialties 2 DA190 Dental Assisting Externship I 3 DA191 Dental Assisting Externship II 3 DA192 Dental Assisting Externship III 4 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 83 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 57

60 Program Delivery Day Program Schedule The day program consists of classes that typically meet four days a week for six hours daily for 30 weeks, including a 40 clock hour/three quarter hour massage therapy clinical experience. Normal completion time is 30 weeks excluding vacation periods and holidays. Massage Therapy DIPLOMA PROGRAM 58 Credits Program Length: 30 Instructional Weeks (Day) / 45 Instructional weeks (Evening) Program Description The Massage Therapy program provides students with instruction in both practical and theoretical massage, anatomy, physiology, pathology, ethics, clinical practice, and hygiene. The program offers training in therapeutic massage principles, hydrotherapy and allied therapeutic modalities, including massage techniques, the external application of water, heat, cold, topical preparations, and mechanical devices. The final portion of the curriculum consists of supervised experiences in a clinical environment, which requires competencies, logs, and evaluations to be completed by the student. At the conclusion of the program, graduates who have diligently attended classes, studied, and practiced their skills should be qualified to seek entry-level employment as massage therapists. Learning Outcomes The Diploma in Massage Therapy provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to: Demonstrate and apply the various techniques used to provide massage therapy in a spa setting Design basic and advanced concepts of wellness through a whole body approach to massage and bodywork therapies for clients Locate and palpate specific structures Demonstrate body mechanics and basic exercise theory and practice Afternoon/Weekend Program Schedule The evening program consists of classes that typically meet four days per week for four hours per day for 45 weeks, including a 40 contact hour massage therapy clinical experience. Normal completion time for the entire program is 45 weeks excluding vacation periods and holidays. The afternoon and weekend program is not currently enrolling students. Accreditation/Certification Information Disclosure The Massage Therapy program is not programmatically accredited. Graduates of the program may be eligible for and encouraged to take the National Certification Board for Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork (NCBTMB) certification exam. This credential is a nationally recognized certification that could enhance employment opportunities, and may be required to practice in a particular state. Certification requirements for taking and passing this examination are not controlled by SBC but by outside agencies and are subject to change without notice. SBC cannot guarantee that graduates will be eligible to take this certification exam at all or at any specific time, regardless of their eligibility status upon enrollment. State Licensure Information The state of Florida requires massage therapists be licensed in order to practice in the state. Passage of a national certification exam is one of the requirements for state licensure. Also, effective July 1, 2009, applicants for licensure who within the last 15 years have been convicted of, or entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, regardless of adjudication, a felony under chapters 409, 817, or 893 of the Florida Statutes, 21 U.S.C. ss , or 42 U.S.C. ss will be denied state licensure. Applicants for admission to the massage therapy program are responsible for determining whether they have such a prior felony conviction and whether that conviction will disqualify them from practicing as a massage therapist in Florida. SBC does not control state licensure in Florida or in any other state, and cannot guarantee that graduates will be eligible to work as massage therapists in Florida or any other state, at all or at any specific time, regardless of their eligibility status upon enrollment. Identify muscular systems of the human body by region, including muscle origin/insertion/action Employ an in-depth experience of massage therapy/bodywork Course Catalog

61 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS ALH116 Safety in the Healthcare Environment 3 ALH122 Medical Terminology All Body Systems 4 ALH186 Career Success 4 CS102 Student Success 4 MT101 Massage Therapy Foundations 6 MT103 Deep Tissue Massage 3 MT104 Muscle Anatomy for Massage Therapists 3 MT105 Hydrotherapy and Spa Modalities 3 MT106 Kinesiology and Joint Movements 3 MT107 Contemporary Massage and Bodywork 3 MT108 Energy Bodywork 3 MT109 Massage for Special Populations 3 MT110 Pathology for Massage Therapists 3 MT111 Therapeutic Massage Applications 3 MT112 Seated Massage 3 MT113 Student Clinic 3 MT117 Building a Massage Therapy Practice 4 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 58 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 59

62 Describe principles of medical law and ethics, and comply with all federal, state, and local health laws and regulations Demonstrate an understanding of all HIPAA and OSHA standards Demonstrate concepts of effective communication and patient education used to improve patient relations and provide quality care Medical Assistant DIPLOMA PROGRAM 66 Quarter Credits Program Length: 35 Weeks (Day), 50 Weeks (Evening) Program Description The Medical Assistant program is designed to prepare students to assist medical providers by performing administrative duties and clinical duties in an office and/or medical center. The core curriculum covers a variety of subjects, including medical practice, medical law and ethics, medical communications, professionalism, computer skills, medical records, insurance, medical office administration, patient preparation, and basic laboratory procedures and tests. Students are required to complete a supervised clinical externship at a medical facility that includes competencies, logs and evaluations completed by the student. At the completion of the program, graduates who have diligently attended class and their externship, studied, and practiced their skills should have the necessary skills to seek entry-level employment as medical assistants. Demonstrate administrative functions common to healthcare setting and medical offices, such as patient scheduling, filing, bookkeeping and finance, billing and collections, record keeping, coding, insurance claims, office management, office equipment and software use, and the utilization of Electronic Medical Records (EMR) Explain processes used to file insurance claims, describe the structure and use of procedural and diagnostic coding systems, and assess methods for achieving maximum reimbursement for healthcare services Perform patient vital signs, complete patient histories and SOAP notes, maintain medication and immunization records, perform electrocardiograms, complete respiratory testing, practice phlebotomy, prepare patients for examination and treatment, and teach patients methods of health promotion and disease prevention Identify the classifications of medications, including common doses and conversions, abbreviations, documentation, desired effects, side effects, and adverse reactions Perform selected CLIA-waived laboratory tests that assist with diagnosis and treatment Program Objectives Describe the role and responsibilities of a Medical Assistant, including scope of practice, credentialing requirements, continuing education opportunities, career development needs, conditions of practice, and professionalism Recognize, define, and properly pronounce and use medical terms and abbreviations Explain principles of diet and nutrition, anatomy and physiology, body systems, and common diseases, diagnoses, and treatments Demonstrate principles of asepsis, infection control and sterilization, safety, emergency first aid and CPR, Standard and Universal Precautions, and quality control within the healthcare environment Course Catalog

63 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS ALH106 Medical Law and Ethics 4 ALH111 Healthcare Computer Applications 3 ALH122 Medical Terminology All Body Systems 4 ALH150 Health Information Technology 3 ALH151 Health Records, Coding, and Reimbursement 4 ALH155 Anatomy and Physiology: Cardiovascular, Lymphatic, Blood 4 ALH165 Anatomy and Physiology: Respiratory, Digestive, Urinary 4 ALH175 ALH185 Anatomy and Physiology: Endocrine, Reproductive, Nutrition Anatomy and Physiology: Musculoskeletal, Nervous, Integumentary CS102 Student Success 4 MA140 Clinical Procedures 2.5 MA141 Clinical Procedures II 2.5 MA150 Electrocardiography 2.5 MA155 Pharmacology 2.5 MA160 Medical Laboratory Procedures 2.5 MA165 Hematology 2.5 MA180 Medical Office Administration 4 MA190 Medical Assistant Clinical Review 3 MA200 Medical Assistant Externship 6 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 61

64 Calculate dosages, verify measurements, and demonstrate techniques used to appropriately prepare selected medication products Prepare and distribute medications in a mock pharmacy Use knowledge of proper aseptic technique and packaging in the preparation of medications Follow procedures used to document and track controlled substances, and examine methods used to help prevent medication errors Pharmacy Technician DIPLOMA 45 Quarter Credits Program Length: 30 Weeks Day, 40 Weeks Evening Program Description The Pharmacy Technician program provides students with the technical and practical training necessary for work as an assistant to a licensed pharmacist in a variety of health system settings, including pharmacy chains, hospitals, and skilled-care facilities. Some employment opportunities may require the employee to obtain additional registration or certification; this program should prepare students to take the Pharmacy Technician Certification Examination. Students will perform a variety of pharmaceutical mathematics, and demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of pharmacology within each course. Students will also demonstrate aseptic technique, medication preparation, sterile and non-sterile compounding, the handling and preparation of hazardous products, inventory and billing procedures, and quality customer service. Students will have the opportunity to practice experiential activities in at least two different types of contemporary pharmacy settings, one of which must be a dispensing pharmacy (e.g., hospital, community). Program Objectives Examine procedures used to collect, organize, and evaluate information for direct patient care, drug-use review, and departmental management Receive and screen prescriptions or medication orders for completeness, authenticity, and accuracy Use pharmaceutical and medical terms, abbreviations, and symbols appropriately Identify and define the use and side effects of prescription medications, non-prescription medications, and alternative therapies used to treat common disease states in various systems Utilize computers, software, and other technology commonly found in pharmacy settings Demonstrate proper customer care, including a respect for diversity, courteous customer care skills, clear communication in speech and writing, confidentiality of patient and proprietary business information, and ethical conduct in all transactions Discuss successful characteristics of professional pharmacy technicians, including the ability to resolve conflicts through negotiation, manage change, problem-solve, and adapt direct patient care to meet conditional demands Assist the pharmacist in identifying patients who desire counseling on the use of medications, equipment, and devices Describe methods used to assist the pharmacist in preparing, storing, and distributing investigational drug products, including techniques used to help monitor medication therapy Assist the pharmacist in assuring the quality of all pharmaceutical services Identify local, state, and national pharmacy organizations; discuss the importance of continuing education and of staying current with changes in pharmacy practice; and describe the value of obtaining technician certification State Licensure Information Pharmacy technicians must register with the Florida Board of Pharmacy in order to practice in the State of Florida. Proof of completion of a board-approved pharmacy technician-training program is required for registration. Applicants with certain fraud-based or drug-related felony convictions or guilty pleas, or incarceration or probation for such offenses in their background will likely not be eligible for registration as a pharmacy technician in Florida. Since SB does not control state licensure/registration requirements in Florida or in any other state, SB cannot guarantee that graduates will be eligible for licensure/ registration or to work as pharmacy technicians in Florida or any other state, at all or at any specific time, regardless of their eligibility status upon enrollment. All questions regarding eligibility for registration as a pharmacy technician in Florida should be directed to the Florida Board of Pharmacy Course Catalog

65 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS PT103 Pharmacology Mathematics and Dosage Calculations 3 PT121 Introduction to Pharmacy 3 PT126 Contemporary Pharmaceutical Issues 6 PT131 Medication Management 6 PT136 Pharmacy Techniques 6 PT142 Pharmacy Operations 3 PT146 Sterile Compounds, Parenterals, and IV Admixtures 6 PT185 Pharmacy Technician Clinical Review 4 PT197 Pharmacy Technician Externship I 4 PT198 Pharmacy Technician Externship II 4 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 45 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 63

66 Prepare and administer medications, vaccines, serums, and treatments, as prescribed by veterinarians Fill prescriptions, measuring medications and labeling containers Collect, prepare, and label samples for laboratory testing, culture, or microscopic examination Veterinary Technology ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE 102 Quarter Credits Program Length: 60 Weeks Program Description The Veterinary Technology program is designed to provide students with the technical and practical training necessary to work as veterinary technicians who provide competent and humane care toward the emotional and physical well-being of animals. The core curriculum is structured to include a lecture component and a clinical component. The final externship portion of the curriculum consists of supervised experiences in a clinical environment, which requires competencies, logs, and evaluations completed by the student. At the conclusion of the program, graduates who have diligently attended class and their externship, studied, and practiced their skills should have the skills to seek entry-level employment as veterinary technicians. Veterinary Technology Learning Objectives Observe the behavior and condition of animals, and monitor their clinical symptoms Maintain controlled drug inventory and related log books. Administer anesthesia to animals, under the direction of a veterinarian, and monitor animals responses to anesthetics so that dosages can be adjusted Care for and monitor the condition of animals recovering from surgery. Perform laboratory tests on blood, urine, and feces, such as urinalyses and blood counts, to assist in the diagnosis and treatment of animal health problems Administer emergency first aid, such as performing emergency resuscitation or other life-saving procedures Course Catalog

67 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS CS102 Student Success 4 CSS103 Introduction to Information Management 4 PD103 Professional Development 2 VT101 Introduction to Veterinary Technology I 4 VT110 Introduction to Veterinary Technology II 4 VT121 Small Animal Care I 4 VT126 Small Animal Care II 4 VT130 Pharmacology and Medical Math 4 VT135 Diagnostic Technologies 2 VT141 Veterinary Laboratory Techniques I 4 VT145 Veterinary Medicine Topics I 4 VT155 Veterinary Anesthesia Topics 4 VT161 Office and Hospital Management 2 VT170 Veterinary Surgery Topics 4 VT221 Large/Farm Animal Care 4 VT241 Veterinary Nursing 4 VT245 Veterinary Medicine Topics II 4 VT251 Veterinary Emergency and Critical Care 4 VT261 Animals in Research and Exhibition 2 VT270 Veterinary Clinical Preceptorship 8 VT280 Test Preparation/Skills Review Course 2 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 78 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS BIO107 Biology 4 CHEM101 General Chemistry 4 COM152 Interpersonal Communication Skills 4 ENG101 English Composition 4 MTH110 College Mathematics 4 PSY101* Introduction to Psychology 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 24 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 102 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 65

68 Demonstrate the appropriate use of measuring, marking, cutting, sewing, and pressing equipment and tools Drape a variety of garments, including bodices, skirts, pants and construct fitted garments using accurate measuring and proportional grading methods Analyze apparel collections in terms of consumers, sizes, markets, fabrication quality and retail price categories, and Fashion Design Apply the principles of image and identity, product differentiation and positioning, niche merchandise, store positioning, and targeted marketing to the design and sale of fashion goods and services BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS 180 Quarter Credits Program Length: 120 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Fashion Design program engages students in the process of apparel conceptualization, illustration, construction and marketing. Students will have the opportunity to experiment with lines, colors, patterns, textures, functions, and style in the design and creation of original garments. A study of the evolution of fashion provides the basis for the development of predictive skills in consumer behavior and trend forecasting. The Fashion Design program provides students who have an interest in the Fashion Design industry the opportunity to enhance creative skills and develop the technical competencies necessary for employment in the field. Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Select appropriate fabric and pattern designs according to body type and function Communicate idea, moods, and details for clothing designs using concept boards, flats, and various illustrative techniques Create computer-generated sketches, fashion flats, fabric prints, theme boards, specification sheets, and creative graphics for clothing and textiles Employ computer pattern drafting software to design, plan and create a variety of clothing patterns Course Catalog

69 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS BUSN400 Fashion Marketing & Consumer Behavior 4 BUSN499 Entrepreneurship 4 FASH101 Introduction to Fashion 4 FASH105 Fashion Sketching I 4 FASH110 Clothing Construction I 4 FASH115 Evolution of Fashion 4 FASH120 Textiles for Fashion 4 FASH125 Fashion Sketching II 4 FASH150 Clothing Construction II 4 FASH202 Computer Graphics for Fashion Design 4 FASH205 Pattern Drafting I 4 FASH220 Draping I 4 FASH225 Pattern Drafting II 4 FASH230 Draping II 4 FASH240 Apparel Production I 4 FASH260 Fashion Design I 4 FASH300 Pattern Techniques 4 FASH305 Computer Pattern Drafting I 4 FASH310 Clothing Construction III 4 FASH315 Trend Forecasting 4 FASH320 Textile Design 4 FASH340 Apparel Production II 4 FASH350 Special Topics in Fashion Design I 4 FASH355 Computer Pattern Drafting II 4 FASH360 Fashion Design II 4 FASH450 Special Topics in Fashion Design II 4 FASH465 Fashion Design III 4 FASH470 Fashion Design Studio 4 FASH480 Fashion Design Internship OR 4 FASH485 Fashion Design Capstone 4 FASH490 Senior Fashion Design Portfolio 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 120 COLLEGE CORE COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COLL101 College Success 4 TOTAL COLLEGE CORE CREDITS 4 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ECON315 Global Economics 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 HUMN301 History of Art I 4 HUMN302 History of Art II 4 HUMN401 Literature and Film 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PHIL405 Ethics 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SCIE310 Physical Anthropology 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 SOCS401 Political Science 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 56 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 67

70 Graphic Design ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE 92 Quarter Credits Program Length: 60 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Graphic Design program is designed to develop a fundamental understanding of the role of form, function, creativity, and critical viewpoint in the creation of visual communications. Examination of the fundamental principles of visual shape and form, value, texture, and pattern prepare the student to apply the basic design elements of effective visual materials to the development, planning, production, and presentation of print publications and basic web design. Collaboration on team projects and generation of work product should prepare students to generate client solutions for entry-level employment in graphic design positions. Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Conceptualize, develop and distribute a visual solution to a defined communication need following the design process Construct visual communication solutions through the application of the fundamental principles of design Utilize appropriate technology and tools to generate visual communication solutions that are accurately prepared for distribution Engage in critique, basic outcome evaluation, and presentation to assure client/audience satisfaction Course Catalog

71 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS DESIGN101 Design Fundamentals 4 DESIGN110 Web Design I 4 DESIGN130 Introduction to Drawing 4 DESIGN140 Digital Illustration 4 DESIGN150 Typography 4 DESIGN160 Digital Imaging 4 DESIGN210 Web Design II 4 DESIGN220 Web Design III 4 DESIGN260 Advanced Digital Imaging 4 GRAPH110 Design Process 4 GRAPH120 Color Theory 4 GRAPH160 Graphic Design I 4 GRAPH250 Digital Layout 4 GRAPH260 Graphic Design II 4 GRAPH280 Graphic Design III 4 GRAPH295 Graphic Design Practicum 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 64 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 28 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 92 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 69

72 Broad understanding of the issues related to the cognitive, cultural, technological and economic contexts for design Ability to respond to audience contexts which recognize the many human factors that shape decision making in the field of design Understanding of how systems behave and aspects that contribute to sustainable products, strategies and practices Graphic Design BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS 180 Quarter Credits Program Length: 120 Instructional Weeks The Graphic Design program was designed to develop an understanding of the role of form, function, creativity, and critical viewpoint in the creation of visual communications. Examination of the psychological, cultural, and environmental aspects of color, paired with the fundamental principles of visual shape and form, value, texture, and pattern prepare the student to apply the basic design elements of effective visual materials to the development, planning, production, and presentation of print publications and web design. Collaboration on team projects and production should prepare students to generate client solutions for employment in graphic design positions. Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Understanding of and ability to utilize tools and technology of the industry Ability to create and develop a visual response to communication problems, including understanding of hierarchy, typography, aesthetics, composition and construction of images Ability to solve communication problems including identifying the problem, researching, analysis, solution generation, prototyping, user testing, and outcome evaluation Communication skills necessary to function in large interdisciplinary teams and flat organizational structures Course Catalog

73 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS BUSN499 Entrepreneurship 4 DESIGN101 Design Fundamentals 4 DESIGN110 Web Design I 4 DESIGN130 Introduction to Drawing 4 DESIGN140 Digital Illustration 4 DESIGN150 Typography 4 DESIGN160 Digital Imaging 4 DESIGN210 Web Design II 4 DESIGN220 Web Design III 4 DESIGN230 Interactive Media I 4 DESIGN260 Advanced Digital Imaging 4 DESIGN265 Design for Business 4 DESIGN330 Interactive Media II 4 DESIGN350 Advanced Typography 4 DESIGN400 Interaction Design 4 GAME230 Storyboarding and Storytelling 4 GRAPH110 Design Process 4 GRAPH120 Color Theory 4 GRAPH160 Graphic Design I 4 GRAPH250 Digital Layout 4 GRAPH260 Graphic Design II 4 GRAPH280 Graphic Design III 4 GRAPH295 Graphic Design Practicum 4 GRAPH300 Graphic Design IV 4 GRAPH320 History and Theory of Design 4 GRAPH360 Branding and Corporate Identity 4 GRAPH400 Special Topics in Graphic Design 4 GRAPH410 Design for Mobile Applications 4 GRAPH450 Package Design 4 GRAPH490 Senior Graphic Design Portfolio 4 GRAPH480 Graphic Design Internship OR Graphic Design Thesis 4 DESIGN485 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 124 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ECON315 Global Economics 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 HUMN301 History of Art I 4 HUMN302 History of Art II 4 HUMN401 Literature and Film 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PHIL405 Ethics 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SCIE310 Physical Anthropology 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 SOCS401 Political Science 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 56 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 71

74 Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Demonstrate knowledge of professional organizations and requirements within the field of interior design, including certification, licensure, and/or registration Create solutions to design problems that address customer preferences and user needs relative to the built environment Interior Design BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS 180 Quarter Credits Program Length: 120 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Interior Design program is designed to prepare students for professional opportunities in the field of interior design in order to enhance the function, quality, and safety of interior spaces. The interior design program is designed for students who want to be challenged both creatively and technically, people who have aesthetic sensitivity and who understand the importance of using space effectively and efficiently. Students are guided through a balanced curriculum that provides them with the expertise to design and communicate their ideas. Competencies in theoretical aspects are developed to expand students intellectual discipline. Creativity is challenged as they experiments with form, space, texture and color. Students are taught to analyze and evaluate situations, project and test solutions, and refine and communicate these solutions. They are expected to become motivators of appropriate social behavior, drawing on historic and cultural influences to enrich their responses to the design problem. A design philosophy integrated with an international influence ( global awareness ) is fostered. Focus on a forward-looking holistic view of society is encouraged. Design solutions are then tested against a backdrop of knowledge acquired from codes and laws with attention given to the preparation of technical drawings and contracts. Skills such as drafting, computer-aided drawing and rendering can be mastered in order to provide final design recommendations and vehicles for the estimation and execution of the work. The quantities cost and appropriate application and use of furniture and materials is studied to enable the student to address the aesthetic, functional and economic needs of the client. Develop skills in sketching, drawing, and rendering to accurately represent perspective, volume, scale, and space Analyze solutions for residential and commercial spaces that focus on the integration of building systems including lighting, egress, construction elements, and environmental issues Apply performance, maintenance, life cycle and budget criteria to the selection of materials, finishes, furnishings and equipment Produce documents including drawings, specifications, and schedules that represent the design intent Practice within the parameters of laws, codes, regulations, standards, and practices that protect the health, safety and welfare of the public Visually and orally communicate ideas through the use of drawings, models, and presentations as well as with written documentation Course Catalog

75 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS DESIGN101 Design Fundamentals 4 DESIGN130 Introduction to Drawing 4 INTR101 Introduction to Interior Design 4 INTR105 Drafting 4 INTR130 Sketching and Rendering 4 INTR201 History of Interior Design: Ancient to Early Neoclassicism 4 INTR202 History of Interior Design: Late Neoclassicism to Present 4 INTR203 Textiles 4 INTR210 Interior Design Issues and Programming 4 INTR215 Resources and Materials 4 INTR220 Digital Media for Interior Design 4 INTR225 Computer Aided Design I 4 INTR230 Spatial Environments 4 INTR250 Computer Aided Design II 4 INTR260 Interior Design I 4 INTR290 Building Systems and Codes 4 INTR325 Computer Aided Design III 4 INTR330 Lighting Design for Interiors 4 INTR340 Interior Design II 4 INTR350 Computer Aided Design IV 4 INTR360 Interior Design III 4 INTR380 Interior Design IV 4 INTR390 Sustainable Design for a Global Society 4 INTR400 Special Topics in Interior Design 4 INTR410 Senior Interior Design Project I 4 INTR420 Senior Interior Design Project II 4 INTR440 Advanced Interior Detailing 4 INTR480 Interior Design Internship OR INTR485 Interior Design Capstone 4 INTR490 Senior Interior Design Portfolio 4 INTR499 Professional Business Practices for Interior Design 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 120 COLLEGE CORE COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COLL101 College Success 4 TOTAL COLLEGE CORE CREDITS 4 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ECON315 Global Economics 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 HUMN301 History of Art I 4 HUMN302 History of Art II 4 HUMN401 Literature and Film 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PHIL405 Ethics 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SCIE310 Physical Anthropology 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 SOCS401 Political Science 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 56 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 73

76 Comprehend the procedure to sell goods for manufacturers, wholesalers and retailers to businesses and groups of individuals Apply the skills required for the procurement and sales of merchandise Retail Merchandise Management ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE 92 Quarter Credits Program Length: 60 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Associate of Science degree program in Retail Merchandise Management is designed to prepare students for careers in the retail merchandising field. The objective of the program is to provide students with a foundation in merchandising and retailing principles, combining theoretical elements with practical application that supports retail operations. The degree introduces students to direct sales operations and procedures including customer service, supervision, and team leadership; business math concepts used for purchasing and selling merchandise; the creation of visual plans using industry standard software; and basic procedures used when selling throughout the supply chain as well as the procurement of merchandise. This combination of business, math, and visual design techniques, in addition to general education coursework offers students a balanced and well-rounded knowledge base that is essential to successfully functioning in entrylevel positions in most retail industries. Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Explain direct sales operations and procedures including customer service, supervision and team leadership Demonstrate basic principles of business math as it relates to the purchase and sales of merchandise Demonstrate proficiency with industry-standard software Course Catalog

77 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS BUSN101 Introduction to Business 4 DESIGN101 Design Fundamentals 4 RMKT105 Consumer Behavior Concepts 4 RMKT150 Marketing I 4 RMKT220 Marketing II 4 RMMT101 Merchandising Principles 4 RMMT120 Visual Merchandising I 4 RMMT150 Retail Computer Applications 4 RMMT175 Visual Merchandising II 4 RMMT201 Fundamentals of Accounting 4 RMMT210 Management Solutions 4 RMMT250 Selling Strategies 4 RMMT260 Human Resource Management 4 RMMT275 Pricing Techniques 4 RMMT290 Professional Business Practice 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 60 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PSYC201 Psychology 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 32 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 92 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 75

78 Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Explain direct sales operations and procedures including customer service, supervision and team leadership Demonstrate basic principles of business math as it relates to the purchase and sales of merchandise Retail Merchandise Management BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 180 Quarter Credits Program Length: 120 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Bachelor of Science degree program in Retail Merchandise Management is designed to build off of the skills taught in the Associate degree program. Students are prepared for careers in the Retail Merchandise Management field by further developing their knowledge in the areas of merchandise planning and management. The objective of this program is to enable students to apply skills required for the procurement of sales and merchandise; the evaluation and selection of appropriate vendors through sourcing and product analysis while considering laws, regulations and international business constraints; analysis and evaluation of products and consideration of various markets, quality control, and pricing strategies; demonstration of proficiency with industry-standard software and overall comprehension of the concepts and procedures used when managing merchandise, from concept to consumer. The bachelor s degree also focuses on the development of management skills in human resources, etiquette, and negotiation so that students are able to develop effective communicative and leadership skills. The core courses in this degree, in addition to the general education courses, will offer students a well-balanced knowledge base essential to a successful career in retail merchandise management industries. Demonstrate proficiency with industry-standard software Comprehend the procedure to sell goods for manufacturers, wholesalers and retailers to businesses and groups of individuals Apply the skills required for the procurement and sales of merchandise Analyze and determine buying trends, sales records, price and quality of merchandise Evaluate and select appropriate vendors for sourcing and product analysis considering regulatory and business constraints Analyze and evaluate products for sale at the wholesale and retail level, considering markets, quality control and pricing strategies Evaluate emerging technologies and identify appropriate strategies for reaching consumers through a variety of sales channels Manage direct sales operations and procedures including customer service, supervision and team leadership Course Catalog

79 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS BUSN101 Introduction to Business 4 BUSN499 Entrepreneurship 4 DESIGN101 Design Fundamentals 4 RMKT105 Consumer Behavior Concepts 4 RMKT150 Marketing I 4 RMKT220 Marketing II 4 RMKT305 Forecasting Trends 4 RMKT410 Branding and Advertising 4 RMMT101 Merchandising Principles 4 RMMT120 Visual Merchandising I 4 RMMT150 Retail Computer Applications 4 RMMT175 Visual Merchandising II 4 RMMT201 Fundamentals of Accounting 4 RMMT210 Management Solutions 4 RMMT250 Selling Strategies 4 RMMT260 Human Resource Management 4 RMMT275 Pricing Techniques 4 RMMT290 Professional Business Practice 4 RMMT301 Finance 4 RMMT315 E-commerce 4 RMMT320 Online Retailing 4 RMMT325 Inventory Planning and Management 4 RMMT350 Global Sourcing and Product Analysis 4 RMMT375 Business Etiquette and Negotiations 4 RMMT390 Buying I 4 RMMT405 Buying II 4 RMMT420 Exporting and Importing 4 RMMT450 Business Law Practices 4 RMMT460 Senior Retail Merchandise Management Portfolio 4 RMMT485 Retail Merchandise Management Capstone OR RMMT490 Retail Merchandise Management Internship 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 120 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ECON315 Global Economics 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN301 History of Art I 4 HUMN302 History of Art II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 HUMN401 Literature and Film 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PHIL405 Ethics 4 PSYC201 Psychology 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SCIE310 Physical Anthropology 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 SOCS401 Political Science 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 60 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 77

80 Web Design and Development ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE 92 Quarter Credits Program Length: 60 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Associate of Science in Web Design and Development is designed to prepare students for careers in the Web Design and Development field. The objective of this program is to provide students with the skills necessary to function in the various areas of Web Design and Development. The program provides an education for creative people focused on the use of electronic technology and the incorporation of basic theories of graphics, text, and interactivity for the web. The combination of conventional and electronic techniques along with a foundation of general education coursework offers students a balanced and well-rounded knowledge base essential to successfully perform and communicate in this industry. Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Understanding of and ability to utilize tools and technology of the industry Ability to create, design and develop open source applications for web distribution Create, evaluate and edit; graphics, scripts and text used to develop various elements for the web and mobile applications Create and function within a cohesive creative production group and assess the quality of web design, copy, content structure and other work product Apply design principles to interfaces for a variety of internet media Course Catalog

81 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS DESIGN160 Digital Imaging 4 IMKT120 Media Design Concepts 4 WEB101 Web Design Fundamentals 4 WEB110 Programming for the Internet 4 WEB120 Usability and Interface Design 4 WEB150 Multimedia Design I 4 WEB210 Programming Concepts 4 WEB220 Multimedia Design II 4 WEB230 Open Source Systems 4 WEB240 Advanced Scripting Techniques 4 WEB250 Content Management Systems 4 WEB255 Content Management Systems II 4 WEB260 Website Advertising and Design 4 WEB280 Web Design Project 4 WEB290 Advanced Open Source Systems 4 WEB295 Interactive Mobile Application I 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 64 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 28 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 92 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 79

82 Web Design and Development BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 180 Quarter Credits Program Length: 120 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Bachelor of Science degree program in Web Design and Development is designed to prepare students for careers in the Web Design and Development field. The objective of this program is to prepare students with the skills necessary to function in the various areas of Web Design and Development. The program provides an education for both creative and technical people focused on the use of advanced studies in programming, database management, and web administration while incorporating the basic theories of graphics, text, and interactivity for the web. This combination of conventional and electronic techniques plus a foundation of general education coursework offers students a balanced and well-rounded knowledge base essential to successfully perform and communicate in this industry. Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Understanding of and ability to utilize tools and technology of the industry Ability to create, design and develop open source applications for web distribution Create, evaluate and edit; graphics, scripts and text used to develop various elements for the web and mobile applications Create and function within a cohesive creative production group and assess the quality of web design, copy, content structure and other work product Apply design principles to interfaces for a variety of internet media Course Catalog

83 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS DESIGN160 Digital Imaging 4 IMKT120 Media Design Concepts 4 WEB101 Web Design Fundamentals 4 WEB110 Programming for the Internet 4 WEB120 Usability and Interface Design 4 WEB150 Multimedia Design I 4 WEB210 Programming Concepts 4 WEB220 Multimedia Design II 4 WEB230 Open Source Systems 4 WEB240 Advanced Scripting Techniques 4 WEB250 Content Management Systems 4 WEB255 Content Management Systems II 4 WEB260 Website Advertising and Design 4 WEB280 Web Design Project 4 WEB290 Advanced Open Source Systems 4 WEB295 Interactive Mobile Application I 4 WEB297 Interactive Mobile Application II 4 WEB300 Project Management 4 WEB310 Markup Languages 4 WEB340 Designing for Server-Side Technology 4 WEB345 Interactive Mobile Application III 4 WEB350 Advanced Server-Side Technology 4 WEB360 Introduction to Database 4 WEB370 Database and Dynamic Web Design 4 WEB380 Object Oriented Programming I 4 WEB400 Object Oriented Programming II 4 WEB415 Internet Law and Intellectual Property 4 WEB420 Web Commercialization 4 WEB430 Web Application Security 4 WEB440 Web Administration 4 WEB460 Web Development Capstone OR WEB465 Web Development Internship 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 124 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ECON315 Global Economics 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 HUMN301 History of Art I 4 HUMN302 History of Art II 4 HUMN401 Literature and Film 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PHIL405 Ethics 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SCIE310 Physical Anthropology 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 SOCS401 Political Science 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 56 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 81

84 Animation Technology BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 180 Quarter Credits Program Length: 120 Instructional Weeks The Bachelor of Science in Animation Technology program is designed to culminate cutting edge technology with traditional animation principles to prepare students for the animation industry. Based on a foundation of traditional drawing and design skills, students will have the opportunity to explore industry standard Visual Effects, Motion Graphics and Animation techniques. A heavy emphasis on pre-production will set the foundation for an opportunity to produce and develop a successful animated short film. Industry professionals will serve as mentors to help guide students through the production process while potentially acquiring advanced skill sets which can provide the opportunity to complete the animated short film. Program Learning Outcomes Synthesize the tools and technology of the industry to address project needs Utilize best practices for delivery of a technically sound product Demonstrate a professional level of aesthetic competency via a portfolio of conceptual and technical work Demonstrate versatility through the mastery of both artistic and technical skill sets Communicate effectively as a contributing member of a production team Course Catalog

85 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS ATEC101 Animation Theory 4 ATEC105 Design Principles 4 ATEC115 Drawing I 4 ATEC120 3D Modeling I 4 ATEC125 Drawing II 4 ATEC130 3D Modeling II 4 ATEC135 Animation Fundamentals 4 ATEC140 3D Texturing 4 ATEC145 2D Animation 4 ATEC200 3D Lighting Composition 4 ATEC205 Cinematography 4 ATEC210 3D Animation 4 ATEC220 Dynamics 4 ATEC230 3D Character Animation 4 ATEC240 Motion Graphics 4 ATEC305 Concept Design 4 ATEC310 Visual Storytelling 4 ATEC315 Production Management 4 ATEC320 Pre-Production 4 ATEC330 Advanced Modeling 4 ATEC400 Scripting Techniques 4 ATEC405 Rigging Techniques 4 ATEC410 Advanced Texturing 4 ATEC415 Production Studio I 4 ATEC420 Advanced Compositing 4 ATEC425 Production Studio II 4 ATEC435 Production Studio III 4 ATEC445 Post Production 4 ATEC450 Business of Animation 4 ATEC460 Professional Portfolio 4 ATEC470 Animation Capstone 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 124 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ECON315 Global Economics 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 HUMN301 History of Art I 4 HUMN302 History of Art II 4 HUMN401 Literature and Film 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PHIL405 Ethics 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SCIE310 Physical Anthropology 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 SOCS401 Political Science 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 56 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 83

86 Audio Production ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE 92 Quarter Credits Program Length: 60 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Audio Production program is designed to develop techniques in recording and mixing audio for session recording and post production audio for film, television, and game design. Principles in synthesis and sound design, as well as live sound reinforcement will be addressed. Program Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Gain a basic understanding of music Record and edit digital audio Effectively select, place, and utilize microphones to accomplish audio recording Demonstrate knowledge of digital recording control surfaces Utilize knowledge of acoustics for purposes of audio production Employ the use of technology to achieve sound synthesis Utilize music to impact images and create drama Mix audio recordings in various formats Demonstrate knowledge of digital and analog audio consoles Create a digital portfolio of work and have an understanding of the business of audio production Course Catalog

87 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS AUDIO101 Music Concepts 4 AUIDIO115 Principles of Audio 4 AUDIO120 Digital Audio Workstations I 4 AUDIO150 Special Topics in Audio Production I 4 AUDIO200 Special Topics in Audio Production II 4 AUDIO220 Digital Audio Workstations II 4 AUDIO225 Audio Recording Techniques 4 AUDIO230 Studio Design and Maintenance I 4 AUDIO235 Music Design and Synthesis 4 AUDIO240 Digital Audio Workstations III 4 AUDIO245 Recording on Location 4 AUDIO255 Audio Mixing Techniques 4 AUDIO260 Post Production Audio 4 AUDIO275 Surround Sound Techniques 4 AUDIO280 Associate Internship for Audio Production OR 4 AUDIO285 Associate Capstone for Audio Production 4 AUDIO290 Studio Concentration 4 AUDIO298 Understanding the Music Business 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 68 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 24 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 92 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 85

88 Audio Production BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS 180 Quarter Credits Program Length: 120 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Audio Production program is designed to develop advanced techniques in recording, mixing, and mastering. Principles of MIDI, synthesis and sound design for CD production, film and video production will be addressed. The program introduces current trends in analog and digital audio production as they apply to studio recording, sound reinforcement and electronic music. Opportunities to compose, perform, and record music are integrated into the program. Program Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Effectively select, place, and utilize microphones to accomplish audio recording Demonstrate knowledge of digital recording control surfaces Utilize knowledge of acoustics for purposes of audio production Employ technology to achieve sound synthesis Utilize music to impact images and create drama Incorporate knowledge of musical arrangements and performances into audio production decision-making Record and edit digital music Contribute to the recording and mixing of audio on large format analog consoles Mix recorded audio tracks for mastering Master and digitally re-master audio recordings Course Catalog

89 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS AUDIO101 Music Concepts 4 AUDIO110 Digital Audio Specifications 4 AUDIO120 Digital Audio Workstations I 4 AUDIO125 Introduction to Audio Production 4 AUDIO150 Special Topics in Audio Production I 4 AUDIO200 Special Topics in Audio Production II 4 AUDIO220 Digital Audio Workstations II 4 AUDIO225 Audio Recording Techniques 4 AUDIO230 Studio Design and Maintenance I 4 AUDIO235 Music Design and Synthesis 4 AUDIO240 Digital Audio Workstations III 4 AUDIO245 Recording on Location 4 AUDIO250 Special Topics in Audio Production III 4 AUDIO265 Mixing and Mastering 4 AUDIO275 Surround Sound Techniques 4 AUDIO290 Studio Concentration 4 AUDIO299 Understanding the Music Business 4 AUDIO301 Music Composition and Songwriting 4 AUDIO320 Digital Composition 4 AUDIO330 Studio Design and Maintenance 4 AUDIO335 Advanced Synthesis and MIDI 4 AUDIO350 Special Topics in Audio Production IV 4 AUDIO365 Advanced Mixing and Mastering 4 AUDIO375 Foley for Film and Television 4 AUDIO390 Session Recording and Mastering 4 AUDIO450 Communications Laws and Ethics 4 AUDIO460 Sound Dynamics 4 AUDIO475 Analog Production and Advanced Audio 4 Recording Techniques AUDIO480 Audio Production Internship OR AUDIO485 Audio Production Capstone 4 AUDIO490 Portfolio Marketing and Distribution 4 AUDIO499 Business Professionalism 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 120 COLLEGE CORE COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COLL101 College Success 4 TOTAL COLLEGE CORE CREDITS 4 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ECON315 Global Economics 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 HUMN301 History of Art I 4 HUMN302 History of Art II 4 HUMN401 Literature and Film 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PHIL405 Ethics 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SCIE310 Physical Anthropology 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 SOCS401 Political Science 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 56 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 87

90 Post Production ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE 92 Quarter Credits Program Length: 60 Instructional Weeks Program Description The goal of the Associate Degree in Post Production program is to offer the student opportunities to acquire entry-level skills to enter the workplace as an assistant motion graphics artist and media editor. Students will have the opportunity to become trained on industry current software and hardware while learning title creation, image manipulation, and editing for film, television, and streaming media. Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Troubleshoot within the software applications taught throughout the program Develop a unique design aesthetic and self-marketing approach Apply practical knowledge in field and articulate a vision with clients Course Catalog

91 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS DESIGN101 Design Fundamentals 4 DESIGN140 Digital Illustration 4 DESIGN150 Typography 4 DESIGN160 Digital Imaging 4 DESIGN260 Advanced Digital Imaging 4 FILM200 Editing I 4 FILM250 Editing II 4 POST101 Fundamentals of Post Production 4 POST100 Transmedia Storytelling 4 POST210 Broadcast Design I 4 POST220 Color Grading 4 POST230 Sound for Post Production 4 POST245 Broadcast Design II 4 POST260 3D Modeling 4 POST290 Associate Internship for Post Production OR 4 POST295 Post Production Capstone Project 4 POST270 Visual Effects 4 POST280 Integrated Marketing Practices 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 68 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 24 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 92 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 89

92 Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Execute visual problem-solving skills; Develop a sense of design aesthetic, mastering the editing software and tools necessary to excel in the field of post production; Post Production *This program is closed for new enrollments. Apply principles of project management including participation as a team member engaged in content production and/or delivery; Demonstrate ethical business practices while responding to client needs; Develop and present a portfolio of work that establishes personal style and visual composition to meet industry standards BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 180 Quarter Credits Program Length: 150 Instructional Weeks Program Description The goal of the Post Production program is to offer the student opportunities to acquire the skills to enter the workplace as a versatile Post Production Specialist. Students will have the opportunity to learn advanced pieces of software and hardware while creating complex edits, 3D effects, title sequences and motion graphics for film and television. The student will learn the vernacular of the industry; learn troubleshooting techniques; learn how to properly configure a Post Production studio; and create a demo reel to solicit employment upon graduation. A Bachelor of Science degree in Post Production will prepare a graduate for the following positions: Editor Assistant Editor Motion Graphics Designer Colorist Digital Media Supervisor Rotoscope Artist Particles and Fluid Dynamic Simulation Compositor Visual Effects Artist Visual Effects Supervisor Course Catalog

93 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS AUDIO450 Communications Law and Ethics 4 BUSN450 Project Management 4 DESIGN101 Design Fundamentals 4 DESIGN140 Digital Illustration 4 DESIGN150 Typography 4 DESIGN160 Digital Imaging 4 DESIGN260 Advanced Digital Imaging 4 POST101 Fundamentals of Post Production 4 POST110 Post Production Techniques 4 POST210 Broadcast Design I 4 POST215 Compression and DVD Mastering 4 POST220 Color Grading 4 POST225 Advanced Color Grading 4 POST230 Sound for Post Production 4 POST235 Streaming Media and Self Promotion 4 POST245 Broadcast Design II 4 POST250 Narrative Editing Techniques 4 POST255 Action Editing Techniques 4 POST330 Broadcast Animation I 4 POST340 Broadcast Animation II 4 POST345 Broadcast Modeling 4 POST360 Visual FX Studio I 4 POST365 Visual FX Studio II 4 POST370 Visual FX Studio III 4 POST400 Special Topics in Post Production 4 POST415 Facility Design and Maintenance 4 POST470 Visual FX Studio IV 4 POST475 Visual FX Studio V 4 POST480 Internship or 4 POST485 Post Production Capstone 4 POST490 Demo Reel 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 120 COLLEGE CORE COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COLL101 College Success 4 TOTAL COLLEGE CORE CREDITS 4 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ECON315 Global Economics 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 HUMN301 History of Art I 4 HUMN302 History of Art II 4 HUMN401 Literature and Film 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PHIL405 Ethics 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SCIE310 Physical Anthropology 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 SOCS401 Political Science 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 56 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 91

94 Professional Photography ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE 92 Quarter Credits Program Length: 60 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Professional Photography program is designed to optimize student talent and creativity through the development of technical competency in lighting, image capture and manipulation, and media production. The program emphasizes proficient utilization of camera controls and digital imaging techniques to achieve artistic and business objectives. Students will have an opportunity to develop a unique brand and a business plan for purposes of self-promotion Course Catalog

95 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS DESIGN125 Aesthetics and Creativity 4 PHOTO105 Imaging Software I 4 PHOTO115 Imaging Software II 4 PHOTO120 Foundations of Photography 4 PHOTO125 Integrated Media I 4 PHOTO135 Color Management 4 PHOTO140 Lighting Basics 4 PHOTO201 History of Photography 4 PHOTO230 Business for Photographers 4 PHOTO240 Portraiture 4 PHOTO260 People Photography 4 PHOTO265 Commercial Photography 4 PHOTO270 Studio Lighting 4 PHOTO275 Video Production for Photographers 4 PHOTO280 Wedding and Event Photography 4 PHOTO285 Video Editing for Photographers 4 PHOTO295 Portfolio 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 68 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 24 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 92 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 93

96 Program Learning Outcomes As a result of completion of the program of study, students should be able to: Produce visual products that satisfy the vision and needs of the client; Compose and produce high quality photographic and visual materials utilizing industry standard equipment and techniques; Professional Photography *This program is closed for new enrollments. BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS 180 Quarter Credits Program Length: 150 Instructional Weeks Program Description The Professional Photography program is designed to optimize student talent and creativity through the development of technical competency in lighting, image capture and manipulation, and media production. The program emphasizes proficient utilization of camera controls and digital imaging techniques to achieve artistic and business objectives. Students will have an opportunity to develop a unique brand and a business plan for purposes of self-promotion as they pursue potential career opportunities such as: Successfully identify and operate flash, continuous lighting systems, grip and accessories relevant to the circumstances; Effectively prepare and manipulate images using industry-relevant software; Employ ethical business practices and demonstrate legal knowledge as it pertains to the field of commercial photography; Explain the theoretical foundations of image making; Develop and apply professional standards for oral and written communication; Create and implement an effective business and marketing plan; Critically analyze and express the aesthetic properties of visual imagery; and Develop and present a portfolio of work that establishes personal style to meet industry standards Portrait Photographer Wedding Photographer Editorial Photographer Corporate Photographer Digital Technician Event Photographer Catalog Photographer Product Photographer Commercial Photographer Advertising Photographer Visual Journalist Multimedia Specialist Post-production Technician Web Developer Web Designer Course Catalog

97 CONCENTRATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS DESIGN101 Design Fundamentals 4 DESIGN125 Aesthetics and Creativity 4 PHOTO105 Imaging Software I 4 PHOTO115 Imaging Software II 4 PHOTO120 Foundations of Photography 4 PHOTO125 Integrated Media I 4 PHOTO135 Color Management 4 PHOTO150 Environmental Lighting 4 PHOTO201 History of Photography 4 PHOTO225 Integrated Media II 4 PHOTO230 Business for Photographers 4 PHOTO240 Portraiture 4 PHOTO250 Location Lighting 4 PHOTO260 People Photography 4 PHOTO270 Studio Lighting 4 PHOTO280 Wedding and Event Photography 4 PHOTO305 Video I 4 PHOTO315 Imaging Software III 4 PHOTO320 Commercial Photography 4 PHOTO325 Video II 4 PHOTO330 Self-Promotion 4 PHOTO340 Visual Journalism 4 PHOTO390 Clients and Communications 4 PHOTO405 Web Design for Photographers 4 PHOTO415 PrePress 4 PHOTO420 Advertising Photography 4 PHOTO430 Marketing for Photographers 4 PHOTO490 Senior Professional Photography Portfolio I 4 PHOTO495 Senior Professional Photography Portfolio II 4 PHOTO499 Business Launch 4 TOTAL CONCENTRATION CREDITS 120 COLLEGE CORE COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COLL101 College Success 4 TOTAL COLLEGE CORE CREDITS 4 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES COURSE # COURSE TITLE CREDITS COMM101 Interpersonal Communications 4 ECON315 Global Economics 4 ENGL101 English Composition I 4 ENGL102 English Composition II 4 HUMN101 Information Literacy 4 HUMN301 History of Art I 4 HUMN302 History of Art II 4 HUMN401 Literature and Film 4 MATH130 College Algebra 4 PHIL405 Ethics 4 SCIE201 Environmental Science 4 SCIE310 Physical Anthropology 4 SOCS201 Cultural Diversity 4 SOCS401 Political Science 4 TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION CREDITS 56 TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 180 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 95

98 Course Descriptions COURSE NUMBERING INFORMATION Each course possesses a unique course number. Core course codes consist of two to six letter codes followed by three or four numbers, while general education course codes consist of four letter characters followed by three numbers that identify the course. The letters identify the course by discipline and the numbers identify the level of difficulty of the course. Courses with a code of represent entry-level college courses traditionally taught to first year students. Courses with codes of represent a level of difficulty beyond entry-level, but do not exceed a level of difficulty beyond that associated with an associate degree. Courses with and designations represent those of greater difficulty that are traditionally taught to third and fourth year students respectively, at the bachelor s level. Students may take courses beyond their level of advancement in the program provided the appropriate prerequisites have been satisfied or waived by an academic official. AC101 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I This course emphasizes accounting as a means of recording and classifying data and introduces students to the use of generally accepted accounting principles and procedures in the accounting cycle, recording transactions, and the preparation of financial statements as they relate to service and merchandising businesses. Emphasis is on sole proprietorships. AC102 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II Prerequisites: AC101 Students continue their study of accounting principles and standards and their application to the interpretation and presentation of financial data for corporations and partnerships. Procedures involving receivables, investments, liabilities, equity, and financial statement analysis are emphasized. ALH106 MEDICAL LAW AND ETHICS This course explores legal and ethical issues in healthcare delivery. Students will review and discuss legal principles, professional liability, informed consent, medical documentation, confidentiality, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act. Ethical discussion will focus on recognizing various patient needs, respecting the cultures and values of patients and their families, and appropriate communication based on context. Concepts relating to patient safety, therapeutic communication, and evidence based care are introduced. ALH111 HEALTHCARE COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 3 Quarter Credits This course provides students with a general overview of computers and related information technology, with a focus on data-entry, communication, and practical skill development. Students will explore computer hardware and software, commonly used office applications, and the role of computer technology in the field of healthcare Course Catalog

99 ALH116 SAFETY IN THE HEALTHCARE ENVIRONMENT 3 Quarter Credits This course addresses employee and patient safety concerns in the healthcare environment. First aid training, medical office emergencies, CPR, OSHA, MSDS, and personal protective equipment are among topics taught and practiced. ALH117 SAFETY IN THE HEALTHCARE ENVIRONMENT 2.5 Quarter Credits This course addresses employee and patient safety concerns in the healthcare environment. First aid training, CPR, vital signs, medical office emergencies, OSHA, MSDS, blood borne pathogens, medical/ surgical asepsis, minor surgery instrumentation and set-up, suturing, and personal protective equipment are among topics taught and practiced. ALH122 MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY ALL BODY SYSTEMS This course provides an introduction to medical terminology, with a focus on word construction, prefixes, suffixes, abbreviations, pronunciation, and rules of use. Terminology related to the major body structures, functions, and related diagnoses and treatments is also presented. ALH133 PATIENT RELATIONS This course examines principles and methods to cultivate patient relations, provide beneficial support, reduce anxiety and improve customer satisfaction. Students will examine communication techniques and administrative practices that can be used to promote effective service. ALH150 HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: ALH111 This course examines computer software and business procedures common to healthcare settings. Topics include patient billing, itemized statements, data entry, scheduling, electronic claims, professional fees and credit arrangements, and collections procedures. ALH151 HEALTH RECORDS, CODING, AND REIMBURSEMENT This course focuses on skills related to health information management, billing, coding, and health insurance reimbursement. Topics include medical records management, patient scheduling and charting, procedural and diagnostic coding, applying managed care policies and procedures, calculating deductibles, completing insurance claim forms, and billing and collecting for healthcare services. ALH155 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY: CARDIOVASCULAR, LYMPHATIC, BLOOD Prerequisite: ALH122 This course introduces the student to the structure, function, diseases, and methods of diagnosis and treatment of the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems, including a focus on blood and the special senses. ALH165 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY: RESPIRATORY, DIGESTIVE, URINARY Prerequisite: ALH122 This course introduces the student to the structure, function, diseases, and methods of diagnosis and treatment of the respiratory, digestive, and urinary systems. ALH175 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY: ENDOCRINE, REPRODUCTIVE, NUTRITION Prerequisite: ALH122 This course introduces the student to the structure, function, diseases, and methods of diagnosis and treatment of the endocrine and reproductive systems, including principles of nutrition, metabolism, growth and genetics. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 97

100 ALH185 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY: MUSCULOSKELETAL, NERVOUS, INTEGUMENTARY Prerequisite: ALH122 This course introduces the student to the structure, function, diseases, and methods of diagnosis and treatment of the musculoskeletal, nervous, and integumentary systems, including a focus on cells and tissues. ALH186 CAREER SUCCESS This course examines the process of finding a first job and starting a career. Topics include developing self-awareness, researching opportunities, communicating effectively in the search process, writing and circulating a resume, navigating the interview process, and negotiating offers and handling rejection. ALH200 ALLIED HEALTH PROGRAM CORE BRIDGE 60 Credits Students with an allied health related diploma or certificate from an approved college who have earned a min. 2.0 CGPA will be awarded a bridge credit. ALH202 HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT This course is designed to give students an understanding of healthcare business office skills. Administrative skills that may be covered include personnel management, risk management, and financial administration. This course also provides students with an understanding of how to review and implement healthcare regulations as they relate to the healthcare industries. ALH204 HEALTH AND WELLNESS This course introduces students to the dimensions of wellness, including the impact of psychological, emotional, and physical health, as well as environmental influences that affect behavior. This course covers the mind-body connection, the relationship between fitness and wellness, and the importance of taking personal responsibility for one s health. ATEC101 ANIMATION THEORY 4 Quarter Credit Hours This course introduces students to animation terminology, principles, tools, and techniques. Students will be given the opportunity to examine animation history and theory as well as explore principles, social and economic issues, and technological developments as they relate to the creation of industry animated productions. ATEC105 DESIGN PRINCIPLES 4 Quarter Credit Hours This course utilizes raster based software to provide theoretical and practical exercises which will introduce students to the elements and principles of design, 3D design, and color theory. Scale, form, line, color, texture, and pattern will be studied in conjunction with the principles of balance, harmony, rhythm, emphasis, focus, proportion, and contrast. ATEC115 DRAWING I 4 Quarter Credit Hours This course presents foundational techniques used to generate skills for drawing in perspective. Students will be given the opportunity to develop a proficiency in the terminology and skill sets related to various elements associated with drawing in perspective. ATEC120 3D MODELING I 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC105 or GAME120 This course introduces students to three dimensional software while exploring basic tools, techniques, and terminology. Students will have opportunity to learn how to navigate the user interface and create basic three dimensional objects. ATEC125 DRAWING II 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC115 This course will focus on practical techniques used for character drawing. Students will be given the opportunity to study human figure drawing as a foundation for conceptualizing stylized character concept designs Course Catalog

101 ATEC130 3D MODELING II 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC120 or GAME205 This course builds upon the modeling techniques taught in 3D Modeling I. Students will have the opportunity to explore more advanced modeling techniques to create complex objects as well as introduce the foundational procedures used for preparation to apply textures to models. ATEC135 ANIMATION FUNDAMENTALS 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC125 This course explores the fundamental techniques and terminology of two dimensional animation. Students will be introduced to the main principles of animation as they relate to movement over time. This class will emphasize movement, layout, and design, which students will have the opportunity to develop through traditional skills and techniques. ATEC140 3D TEXTURING 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC130 This course will utilize raster based software to create and design texture maps for three dimensional objects. A strong focus on digital painting techniques along with the process of proper placement on 3D objects will be the foundation of this class. ATEC145 2D ANIMATION 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC135 This course will focus on time line animation through the use of vector based software. Based on the principles of animation acquired from previous courses, students will be given the opportunity to create projects which focus on the advanced methodology of generating motion over time. ATEC200 3D LIGHTING COMPOSITION 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC140 An Introduction to the principles of real world lighting will give students the opportunity to understand how light interacts with objects in a simulated three dimensional environment. The techniques of staging lights, adjusting intensities, and applying effects will be explored in this course. Students will also be exposed to the post process of rendering and compositing layers to produce a finalized composition. ATEC205 CINEMATOGRAPHY 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC145 This course explores the principles and theory of traditional film. A strong foundation of cinematic terminology and techniques, as they relate to camera actions, will allow the opportunity for students to create projects which focus on the importance of pre-production in the film industry. ATEC210 3D ANIMATION 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC140 This course will expose students to the functionality of time line animation as it relates to a three dimensional environment. A series of projects meant to emphasize the principles of animation will give students an opportunity to develop technical skills and gain experience, through practice, with adding motion to 3D objects over time. ATEC220 DYNAMICS 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC210 This course introduces students to dynamic systems and technical terminology within a three dimensional environment. Students will explore a variety of dynamic based projects as they relate to the visual effects industry, followed by the post process of rendering and compositing animated sequences. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 99

102 ATEC230 3D CHARACTER ANIMATION 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC210 This course begins with an introduction to the techniques and theory of acting. This becomes the foundation to understanding movement in human form. A strong emphasis on character emotion and animation principles will allow students an opportunity to create a series of character animation projects. ATEC240 MOTION GRAPHICS 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC205 This course will elaborate on foundational knowledge from previous courses which introduced cinematic principles. Students will have the opportunity to utilize terminology and techniques to develop interstitial projects related to commercial production and the motion graphics industry. ATEC305 CONCEPT DESIGN 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisites: ATEC205, ATEC220, ATEC230 This course will allow students the opportunity to focus on and choose a specialized area of study in which to conceptualize a major studio project. Throughout this course, students will have the opportunity to learn the techniques of brainstorming and generating visual concepts as they pertain to their studio project. ATEC310 VISUAL STORYTELLING 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC305 This course will concentrate on the technique of transforming a written storyline into a visual storyboard. Students will utilize the concept of their studio project and its storyline to develop traditionally drawn storyboard panels. These panels will then be places on a time line in sequence to create an animatic of their studio project. ATEC315 PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC305 This course is meant to introduce students to the importance of time management. Student will create mock animated sequences in an effort to evaluate and understand the processes and length of time needed to conduct various segments of animation. This evaluation will help students awareness of time management as it pertains to their individual studio projects. ATEC320 PRE-PRODUCTION 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC315 In this course, students will continue to generate conceptual work used for their studio project. Students will have the opportunity to complete character sheets, orthographic and elevation drawings as well as a technical road map for executing advanced level techniques used during production. Upon completion of this course, student should possess all completed pre-production work needed to begin the production of their studio project. ATEC330 ADVANCED MODELING 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC305 This course will build on previous modeling and texturing courses. Throughout the duration of this course, students will have the opportunity to model a single character concept from start to finish. This advanced process will utilize a three dimensional sculpting software to generate a high level of detail as well as advanced texturing capabilities. ATEC400 SCRIPTING TECHNIQUES 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisites: ATEC220 and ATEC230 This course introduces students to foundational scripting techniques used for generating advanced tools and user interfaces in a three dimensional environment. In addition students will also be given the opportunity to develop scripts, called expressions, which will aid in three dimensional animation processes Course Catalog

103 ATEC405 RIGGING TECHNIQUES 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC230 This course will introduce students to the intricate process of rigging for characters. The terminology, tools and techniques used for rigging in a three dimensional environment will be the foundation for students to potentially build an entire character rig from start to finish throughout the time of this course. ATEC410 ADVANCED TEXTURING 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC140 Based on acquired skills from previous texturing courses, students will be exposed to advanced level tools and techniques used for texturing three dimensional objects. An emphasis on Mental Ray, Look and Shader development as well as procedural texture creation will provide students the opportunity to create textures that meet industry standards. ATEC415 PRODUCTION STUDIO I 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC315 Students will have the opportunity to begin production on their studio project. This course will introduce students to techniques used for early production and time management. Students will experience working under heavy deadlines to reach various milestones throughout production. This process is meant to closely simulate a working environment and teach the etiquette of responsibility. ATEC420 ADVANCED COMPOSITING 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC240 In this course, students will be exposed to the process of compositing with professional compositing software. Students will have the opportunity to learn layering, color correction, key framing, and how to apply visual effects to pre-rendered video sequences. ATEC425 PRODUCTION STUDIO II 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC415 As a continuation of Production Studio I, students will utilize the acquired knowledge of the production process to continue working on their studio project. Students will have the opportunity to gain an advanced knowledge of the mid-stream production process. A strong emphasis of the ability to remain on task, adhere to time and budget constraints, and accept constructive criticism will become focus of this course. Students will continue to meet milestones to help them remain on task. ATEC435 PRODUCTION STUDIO III 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC425 As a continuation of Production Studio II, this course will introduce students to the process of entering the final stages of production. This course will expose students to critique and refinement techniques as well as the crucial aspect of time management as it pertains to finalizing various aspects of the studio project. Students will continue to adhere to milestones to help them prepare for finalization. ATEC445 POST PRODUCTION 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC435 As a continuation of Production Studio III, students will have the opportunity to finalize their studio project. Students will continue to adhere to milestones through the final stages of completion. Once complete, students will analyze their production experience in an effort to learn from mistakes and acknowledge achievements. ATEC450 BUSINESS OF ANIMATION 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC315 This course is meant to introduce students to the business side of the animation industry. Students will have the opportunity to learn various business aspects which include how to secure investors, working with financial budgets and keeping employees motivated and on schedule. In addition, this course will explore options for becoming an independent business owner or freelance artist. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 101

104 ATEC460 PROFESSIONAL PORTFOLIO 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of 156 Credit Hours or ATEC435 Under faculty supervision, students will review, revise, and refine previous deliverables based on peer and faculty evaluation. Students will have an opportunity to create a web based portfolio that demonstrates a mastery of industry standards and expectations. ATEC470 ANIMATION CAPSTONE 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: ATEC435 The animation capstone is a hands-on group project class that utilizes individual student talents. This course is meant to simulate a professional working environment where the student, as a member of a production team, will have the opportunity to contribute to an ongoing animated short student film. AUDIO101 MUSIC CONCEPTS This course is designed to expose the student to various musical modes from around the world while developing effective listening techniques. Topics include the exploration of various genres of music, musical terminology, style developments, composers, and the cultural role and value of music. AUDIO110 DIGITAL AUDIO SPECIFICATIONS This course introduces students to the industry standards of digital audio specifications. Topics include file types, compression, codecs, and recording media. AUDIO115 PRINCIPLES OF AUDIO This course introduces students to audio terminology, the physics of sound, acoustics and psychoacoustics. Digital audio workstations, consoles, microphones, pickup patterns and signal flow will also be discussed. AUDIO120 DIGITAL AUDIO WORKSTATIONS I Prerequisite: AUDIO110 or AUDIO115 This course introduces the foundational skills needed to function within a digital audio workstation environment at a basic level for music production. AUDIO125 INTRODUCTION TO AUDIO PRODUCTION Prerequisite: AUDIO110 This course introduces the basic concepts of sound and audio production within a multimedia environment. Topics will focus on the use of industry standard hardware and software to experiment with capturing,nconverting and editing audio and exploring how different sounds affect an experience. This course will also provide the opportunity to examine the differences between analog and digital audio. AUDIO150 SPECIAL TOPICS IN AUDIO PRODUCTION I Prerequisite: AUDIO101 This course offers an exploration into topics of special interest related to Audio Production. AUDIO200 SPECIAL TOPICS IN AUDIO PRODUCTION II Prerequisite: AUDIO101 This course offers an exploration into topics of special interest related to Audio Production. AUDIO220 DIGITAL AUDIO WORKSTATIONS II Prerequisite: AUDIO120 This course introduces the foundational skills needed to function within a digital audio workstation software environment at an advanced level Course Catalog

105 AUDIO225 AUDIO RECORDING TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: AUDIO120 This course focuses on audio recording techniques, including microphone placement, proper gain stages, proper equalization and frequency balancing. The class will explore the field of audio engineering and production, including the fundamentals of compression, effects, and digital audio processing. AUDIO230 STUDIO DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE I Prerequisite: MATH130 This course covers basic studio construction, electronic wiring, troubleshooting, and maintenance. It also includes learning to select the appropriate equipment for specific types of studios. AUDIO235 MUSIC DESIGN AND SYNTHESIS Prerequisite: AUDIO101 The course offers in-depth information on the world of modern music production and composition. Fundamentals of synthesis and the processing of sound using oscillators, filters, and other basic audio devices are among the topics covered. AUDIO240 DIGITAL AUDIO WORKSTATIONS III Prerequisite: AUDIO220 This course offers students the opportunity to apply concepts taught in previous courses and confidently function within a digital audio workstation software environment at an advanced level. AUDIO245 RECORDING ON LOCATION Prerequisite: AUDIO125 or AUDIO225 This course addresses on-site microphone selection, placement, and recording equipment usage, as well as practical on-site audio recording techniques for news reporting, live concerts, and movie production. AUDIO250 SPECIAL TOPICS IN AUDIO PRODUCTION III Prerequisite: AUDIO200 This course offers an exploration into topics of special interest related to Audio Production. AUDIO255 AUDIO MIXING TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: AUDIO240 This course builds upon the skills acquired in earlier courses and explores advanced mixing techniques of audio projects. Emphasis is placed on professional techniques to enhance quality delivery of audio material. AUDIO260 POST PRODUCTION AUDIO Prerequisite: AUDIO220 This course offers an exploration into the art of post production audio for film, television, video games and web enabled devices. AUDIO265 MIXING AND MASTERING Prerequisite: AUDIO225 This course builds upon the skills acquired in earlier courses and explores mixing and mastering in audio projects. Emphasis is placed on delivery of audio material. AUDIO275 SURROUND SOUND TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: AUDIO220 or AUDIO260 This comprehensive course focuses on surround sound production, sound design fundamentals, and mixing for surround sound mastering. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 103

106 AUDIO280 ASSOCIATE INTERNSHIP FOR AUDIO PRODUCTION Prerequisites: AUDIO298 or Successful completion of 60 Credit Hours This course has been specifically designed for students nearing completion of their Associate Degree program of study to facilitate development of a professional portfolio as well as skills in performing research, writing a resume, and engaging in interviews in preparation for conducting a job search. The internship experience provides the opportunity for students to practice their job search skills as well as to gain education-related work experience. This course provides students with an opportunity to develop a portfolio through the compilation of work completed throughout their program of study. Students may enhance their portfolio with the addition of work completed during their internship experience. AUDIO285 ASSOCIATE CAPSTONE FOR AUDIO PRODUCTION Prerequisites: AUDIO298 or Successful completion of 60 Credit Hours The Audio Production capstone is a research-based course that integrates concepts and work from throughout the program. Projects will simulate a professional audio production environment. AUDIO290 STUDIO CONCENTRATION Prerequisite: AUDIO240 or AUDIO265 This course concentrates on the practical skills needed to successfully compose, mix, and master a custom music CD. The final product is required to be mastered to both CD and DVD upon completion of the project. AUDIO298 UNDERSTANDING THE MUSIC BUSINESS Prerequisites: AUDIO275 or Successful completion of 60 Credit Hours This course focuses on music publishing, record labels and their place in the industry, as well as other components of the music business. AUDIO299 UNDERSTANDING THE MUSIC BUSINESS Prerequisites: AUDIO275 or Successful completion of 60 Credit Hours This course focuses on music publishing, record labels and their place in the industry, as well as other components of the music business. AUDIO301 MUSIC COMPOSITION AND SONGWRITING Prerequisite: AUDIO235 This course teaches students techniques for writing musical compositions in a variety of styles and genres. AUDIO320 DIGITAL COMPOSITION Prerequisites: AUDIO301 and AUDIO335 This class focuses on methods of writing and arranging music on the computer. Emphasis is on composition techniques, and learning to write music of various styles. AUDIO330 STUDIO DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE II Prerequisite: AUDIO230 Material presented in this course studio builds upon earlier acquired knowledge in studio construction, electronic wiring, troubleshooting, and maintenance. This class includes appropriate equipment selection for specific types of studios, as well as advanced soldering techniques, software diagnostics, and repairs. AUDIO335 ADVANCED SYNTHESIS AND MIDI Prerequisite: AUDIO235 This course presents advanced MIDI functions and their applications as well as advanced synthesis and sampling techniques. AUDIO350 SPECIAL TOPICS IN AUDIO PRODUCTION IV Prerequisite: AUDIO265 This course offers an exploration into topics of special interest related to Audio Production Course Catalog

107 AUDIO365 ADVANCED MIXING AND MASTERING Prerequisite: AUDIO265 This course will explore advanced stereo audio mixing techniques. The topics included are vocal comping, editing and production, advanced dynamics processing, advanced time based processors and automation techniques. AUDIO375 FOLEY FOR FILM AND TELEVISION Prerequisite: AUDIO275 This class examines the practical creation and recording of live sound effects for film and television. The work of the Foley artist is an important part of this course and focus is given to inventive ways of recreate natural sounds as well as creating sounds with common items. AUDIO390 SESSION RECORDING AND MASTERING 4 Quarter Credit Hours Prerequisite: AUDIO290 This practical studio course focuses on live recording techniques. The class projects are centered on the recording of a band, small group, or solo artist and mastering the recorded track. AUDIO450 COMMUNICATIONS LAWS AND ETHICS Prerequisite: AUDIO298 or AUDIO299 The class focuses on legal issues surrounding mass media. Covered in this class are copyright laws, contracts, distribution agreements, music licensing, and other business related topics. This class focuses on the ethical decisions that people in mass media face each day. Students study the fundamental principles of ethics and how to apply them to their daily lives. AUDIO475 ANALOG PRODUCTION AND ADVANCED AUDIO RECORDING TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: AUDIO390 This course presents material concerned with advanced audio recording techniques and their application in analog recording production. AUDIO480 AUDIO PRODUCTION INTERNSHIP Prerequisites: AUDIO475 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to gain industry experience in their chosen career field. The focus of the course will be on the development of practical job skills, industry knowledge, and professional performance. AUDIO485 AUDIO PRODUCTION CAPSTONE Prerequisites: AUDIO475 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours The Audio Production capstone is a research-based course that integrates concepts and work from throughout the program. Projects will simulate a professional audio production environment. AUDIO490 PORTFOLIO MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION Prerequisites: AUDIO475 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours This course concentrates on the production of a professional audio demo CD and cover letter with resume. Other tasks include developing a five year career goal and researching the pursuit of the goal to develop a plan for execution. AUDIO460 SOUND DYNAMICS Prerequisite: AUDIO390 This course further explores the concepts and techniques involved in mastering. Materials covered concentrate on the technical aspects of taking a final mix and preparing it for replication to a CD or DVD. Use of industry standard software and hardware coupled with important critical listening skills are emphasized. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 105

108 AUDIO499 BUSINESS PROFESSIONALISM Prerequisite: AUDIO490 This is a comprehensive course in career exploration and professional development. Focus will be on developing career objectives, assessing skills, identifying accomplishments, and describing professional experiences. Professional resumes are prepared, business correspondences are produced, and interview techniques are practiced. In addition to these, job search strategies are explored, including Internet resources and electronic resumes. Resources for professional development and increasing marketability are examined. BA101 PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS An introduction to the function of business as a primary source of goods, services, employment, and income. Students study forms of ownership, ethical responsibilities, financing, labor laws, operating techniques and the role of government as they pertain to business. BA102 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT An analysis of the structure of business organizations and the manner in which individuals and groups within these organizations conduct themselves. Focus is on the planning, organizing, directing, and controlling functions of managers relative to personnel, finance, marketing, production, and sales. BA103 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING This course introduces students to fundamental principles of marketing and the operation of marketing systems. Topics include the evaluation of market opportunities; buyer behavior; market segmentation; targeting; positioning; developing new products; pricing, distributing and promoting goods and services; and market strategy and planning. BA104 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS A study of the operations of business math with emphasis on key components utilized in business. Specific topics covered include trade and cash discounts, payroll, merchandising, depreciation, property and sales taxes, income tax, simple and compound interest, notes, credit and time buying, insurance, and the stock market. BA115 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE PROCEDURES 3 Quarter Credits This course focuses on simulated office situations demanding judgment, initiative, decision-making, and problem-solving. Topics may include the office environment, document and records management, common office policies and procedures, office technology, customer service skills, intra- and inter-office correspondence, travel arrangements and event planning, and office management. BA120 BUSINESS LAW This course examines the laws governing business and the regulatory parameters that businesses confront in their day-to-day operations. Students will review appropriate case law and discuss how and why decisions, opinions, and legal interpretations are reached. Topics discussed include contracts, sales, product liability, and negotiable instruments. BA200 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS This course examines principles and theories of effective communication including perspectives and recent research on verbal and non-verbal elements affecting communication between individuals in a variety of contexts. Students will explore various styles of business communication including letters, presentations, promotional and internal communication documents Course Catalog

109 BA210 PERSONNEL/HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: BA102 Students examine concepts and methods for managing personnel and utilizing human resources within an organization. Specific areas of concentration include legal aspects, recruitment, job analysis, compensation and benefits, performance evaluations, employee motivation, and morale. BA212 PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING Prerequisite: BA101 A survey of the special problems involved in marketing and managing a retail establishment. Topics explored include advertising, merchandising, buying, personnel management and supervision, credit and collection, and small store management. BA213 SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: BA102 This course covers principles involved in initiating, operating and successfully administering a small business. Subjects covered include financing, managing and marketing, legal responsibilities, organizational partnerships, and proprietorships. Key business principles and practices are covered through case studies. BA231 INTEGRATED SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: CSS101 This course exposes students to the fundamental principles of selecting and integrating emerging software to enhance the means of expressing information. The role of computers for sharing and presenting information is explored through such software tools and word processing, spreadsheets, database management, and personal information management. BA232 E-COMMERCE This course prepares students with a solid understanding of e-commerce principles and practices. Students will analyze emerging online technologies, trends, and social networking applications that influence e-commerce, mobile commerce, and global marketing in today s business environment. BA236 SPREADSHEET MODELING AND SIMULATIONS 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: BA231 Students study and perform spreadsheet and database operations using industry-standard application software. Topics include constructing spreadsheets designed to best illustrate various business situations; utilizing the software s tools to provide a visual means for presenting financial information; designing databases, forms, and queries to capture and use business data; and preparing professional graphs, charts, and reports. Students are then taught to utilize these skills in the development of practical business solutions such as the analysis of cash flow, profit and loss, budgeting, and trend analysis. BA245 ENTREPRENEURSHIP Prerequisite: BA101 This course focuses on development and management strategies used in the creation of new business ventures. Students will have the opportunity to research entrepreneurial case studies, and will discuss processes used to generate ideas, develop business plans, consolidate resources, finance projects, manage human resources, and design profitable businesses. Legal and regulatory issues related to business entities will be discussed. BIO105 BIOLOGY 3 Semester Credits Biology is the science that deals with the origin, history, physical characteristics, processes, and habits of plants and animals. Students will study the principles of cellular life, genetics, evolution, biodiversity, the structure and function of living organisms, ecology, and behavior. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 107

110 BIO107 BIOLOGY Biology is the science that deals with the origin, history, physical characteristics, processes, and habits of plants and animals. Students will study the principles of cellular life, genetics, evolution, biodiversity, the structure and function of living organisms, ecology, and behavior. BIO130 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I 3 Semester Credits This course is an in-depth study of the structure and function of the systems and organs of the human body and the interrelationships of the body s systems. Emphasis is on the musculoskeletal, nervous, and endocrine systems. Course includes one hour per week of lab BIO131 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II 3.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: BIO130 This course is an in-depth study of the structure and function of the systems and organs of the human body and the interrelationships of the body s systems. Emphasis is on the cardiovascular, immune, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive systems. Course includes four hours per week of lab. BIO150 HUMAN BODY This course introduces the student to the normal structure and function, as well as diseases and methods of diagnosis and treatment of the various systems of the human body. Emphasis is placed on understanding the impact of disruption in normal body system functions across the lifespan. Pharmacology related to these systems is also covered. BIO151 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 8 Quarter Credits The course provides an overview of the human body systems and their relationship and differences regarding structure and function. The course will identify and define the general function and nature of various body systems, organs, and structures incorporated within the body systems. BUSN101 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS This course provides an introduction to the practice of business through analysis of the role and function of accounting, management, marketing, finance, and economics within business organizations. Common business terms and principles will be discussed and the various activities of businesses in daily operations will be examined. BUSN400 FASHION MARKETING AND CONSUMER BEHAVIOR This course examines the planning, pricing, promotion, and distribution of products and services within the fashion industry and discusses how consumer motives and attitudes contribute to marketing decisions. Psychological, social, ethical, and financial factors that affect the marketplace are examined through case analyses. BUSN450 PROJECT MANAGEMENT Prerequisites: Successful completion of 120 Credit Hours Through the use of environmental simulation and detailed case study, students are exposed to the intention, responsibility, scope and requirements of effective project management. Students will learn to move fluidly between both broad management and compartmentalized roles, viewing a project as a manageable organism dependent upon structured guidance and oversight for success. BUSN499 ENTREPRENEURSHIP This course addresses the essentials of entrepreneurship. Business organization, business plans and proposals, as well as ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Additionally, this course focuses on the fundamentals of profitability. CCT100 INTRODUCTION TO CARDIOVASCULAR SONOGRAPHY I 4 Semester Credits Prerequisite: BIO131 Overview of the health care system, the field of cardiovascular sonography, medical terminology, CPR certification, and normal cardiac anatomy and physiology Course Catalog

111 CCT101 INTRODUCTION TO CARDIOVASCULAR SONOGRAPHY II 4 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CCT100 Use and maintenance of EKG equipment, electrophysiology of the conduction system, axis determination, assessment and communication skills. CCT102 CVS PHARMACOLOGY I 1.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: BIO131 This course covers the basic principles of pharmacology, governmental regulations, indications, contraindications, mechanism of action, normal dosages, side effects, and patient considerations of adrenergic and cholinergic drugs, and drugs that affect the central nervous system. CCT103 CVS PHARMACOLOGY II 1.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CCT102 This course covers the indications, contraindications, mechanism of action, normal dosages, side effects, and patient considerations of drugs that affect the cardiovascular system. CCT104 ADVANCED CVS PATHOLOGY I 1.5 Semester Credits Prerequisites: BIO131, CCT101 This course examines the anatomy, physiology and pathological mechanisms of the infectious processes that affect the cardiovascular system. CCT105 ADVANCED CVS PATHOLOGY II 1.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CCT104 This course examines the pathological mechanisms, clinical manifestations and appropriate therapeutic measures of coronary artery disease. CCT106 CARDIAC MODALITIES I 4 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CCT101 or CCT103 This course is designed to emphasize electrocardiography, identification and calculations of waveforms and arrhythmias, and patterns of infarction. CCT107 CARDIAC MODALITIES II 4 Semester Credits Prerequisites: CCT104, CCT106 This course is designed as a continuation of Cardiac Modalities I, and emphasizes various non-invasive cardiac diagnostic tests and procedures, as well as emergency cardiac medications. CHEM101 GENERAL CHEMISTRY This course explores topics in general chemistry, including matter; atoms; chemical bonding and reactivity; energy; organic chemicals and biochemistry; and environmental, medical, and consumer chemistry. COLL101 COLLEGE SUCCESS This course focuses on the development of professional and personal skills that will assist students in their collegiate and career performance. Topics covered include time management, interpersonal relations, personal expression, test-taking strategies, goal setting, study habits and techniques, self-esteem, image, and motivation. COM150 EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION 1 Semester Credit This course is an introductory study of the dimensions of speech communications. The course examines the oral communication process in interpersonal contexts such as one to one relationships and small group interactions. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 109

112 COM152 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION SKILLS This course examines perspectives and recent research on verbal and nonverbal elements affecting communication between individuals in a variety of contexts. COMM101 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS Communication theory and the principles of effective speech communication are presented. Students are given the opportunity to learn communication techniques, how to adapt to variations in audience and context, elements of effective audience research, speechwriting and delivery. Organizational and expressive strategies for informative and persuasive arguments are reviewed. CS102 STUDENT SUCCESS This course is designed to increase the student s success in his/her professional and personal life through discussions and activities that promote achievement of career skills. Topics covered include time management, test-taking skills, goal setting, study habits and techniques, self-esteem, image, and motivation. Strategies to strengthen reading, writing and mathematics abilities are emphasized. CSS101 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS 3 Quarter Credits This course provides an overview of computer concepts, hardware, and applications commonly used in a business environment. Students will have the opportunity to examine the design and use of computer hardware, operating systems and graphic user interfaces, office software, , and the Internet. Legal and ethical issues relating to computer and Internet security, information privacy, and copyright protection are explored. CSS103 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION MANAGEMENT This course introduces students to the field of computer information technology. Topics include terminology, care, and maintenance of resources, history of computers, basic equipment, and optimal peripheral equipment. Students will have the chance to become acquainted with the Windows interface and receive an overview of popular computer applications, such as databases, word processing, spreadsheets, and a wide variety of resources available on computers today, including and the Internet. CVS131 ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY 2.5 Quarter Credits This course is designed to identify the use and maintenance of EKG equipment, electrophysiology of the conduction system, axis determination, identification and calculations of waveforms and arrhythmias, and patterns of infarction. This course is also design to emphasize non-invasive cardiac diagnostic tests and procedures, as well as, emergency cardiac medication. This course will also emphasize cardiac anatomy and physiology. CVS134 CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY 3 Quarter Credits This course will study the function, integration and coordination of cells, cellular response to injury, inflammation, healing, immunopathology, neoplasia and the pathogenesis of cancer. This course will also examine the pathological mechanisms, clinical manifestations and appropriate therapeutic measures of coronary artery disease. CVS138 CARDIOVASCULAR PHARMACOLOGY 2 Quarter Credits This course covers the indications, contraindications, mechanism of action, normal dosages, side effects, and patient considerations of drugs that affect the cardiovascular system Course Catalog

113 CVS140 VASCULAR I 5 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: BIO151 This course is intended to introduce the student to the vascular imaging of the carotid and subclavian arteries. CVS141 VASCULAR II 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: CVS140 This course is intended to introduce the student to: pre-operative vein-artery mapping; discuss the lower extremity anatomy, physiology and hemodynamics; discuss venous imaging of the upper extremity; describe physiologic arterial testing and color duplex imaging of the lower extremities. CVS142 INTEGRATED CLINICAL VASCULAR II 1 Quarter Credit Co-requisite: CVS141 Vascular II This course provides the student with their first opportunity in a direct patient care setting, while performing the duties of a CVS. Here the student will be able to correlate didactic and laboratory classes with the day-to-day duties of a CVS. CVS210 ECHO I 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: CVS131 This course includes cardiovascular assessment techniques, physics and ultrasound review, and an introduction to the theoretical principles of basic M mode and two-dimensional echocardiography. CVS211 INTEGRATED CLINICAL ECHO I 1 Quarter Credit Co-requisite: CVS210 This course focuses on clinically-based case studies which provide the student with practical application of the didactic and laboratory portions of the program in a patient care setting. CVS212 ECHO II 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: CVS210 This course is designed as a continuation of Echo I, and emphasizes the theoretical principles of echocardiography necessary to measure and interpret aortic and mitral valve pathology. CVS213 INTEGRATED CLINICAL ECHO II 1 Quarter Credit Co-requisite: CVS212 This course is a practical application of the didactic and laboratory portions of the program in a patient care setting. Case studies related to advanced scanning techniques will also be performed in this course. CVS214 ECHO III 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: CVS212 This course includes interpretation of echocardiography and patterns for normal and pathological states of the left ventricle, pulmonic and tricuspid valves, as well as interventional echocardiography. Additional topics include Doppler and color flow technology, new trends, diastology, and contrast agents. CVS215 Integrated Clinical Echo III 1 Quarter Credit Co-requisite: CVS214 This course is a practical application of the didactic and laboratory portions of the program in a patient care setting. Case studies focusing on protocol will also be introduced in this course. CVS239 CARDIOVASCULAR SONOGRAPHY EXTERNSHIP I 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: CVS214 Observation and participation in those tasks required of a Cardiovascular Sonographer in the clinical environment. Students will correlate didactic knowledge with patient history, protocols and pathologies found in the clinical environment. Students will focus on acclimation to the extern site, procedures, and protocols and begin to perform partial studies on technically average patients. Students will complete competencies as directed by the clinical education plan. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 111

114 CVS240 CARDIOVASCULAR SONOGRAPHY EXTERNSHIP II 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: CVS239 This course is a continuation of Cardiovascular Sonography Externship I. Students will correlate didactic knowledge with patient history, protocols and pathologies found in the clinical environment. Students will focus on learning site protocols, concentrating on producing high quality images in a timely manner, and documenting relevant organ anatomy and pathology. Students will complete competencies as directed by the clinical education plan. CVS241 CARDIOVASCULAR SONOGRAPHY EXTERNSHIP III 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: CVS240 This course is a continuation of Cardiovascular Sonography Externship II. Students will correlate didactic knowledge with patient history, protocols and pathologies found in the clinical environment. Students will focus on learning site protocols, concentrating on producing high quality images in a timely manner, and documenting relevant organ anatomy and pathology. Students will complete competencies as directed by the clinical education plan. CVS242 CARDIOVASCULAR SONOGRAPHY EXTERNSHIP IV 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: CVS241 This course is a continuation of Cardiovascular Sonography Externship III. Students will correlate didactic knowledge with patient history, protocols and pathologies found in the clinical environment. Students will focus on learning site protocols, concentrating on producing high quality images in a timely manner, and documenting relevant organ anatomy and pathology. Students will complete competencies as directed by the clinical education plan. CVT200 ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY I 4.5 Semester Credits Prerequisites: CCT105, CCT107 This course includes cardiovascular assessment techniques, physics and ultrasound review, and an introduction to the theoretical principles of basic M mode and two dimensional echocardiography. CVT201 PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES OF MEDICINE I 1.5 Semester Credits Prerequisites: CCT107, MTH120, MTH150 This course encompasses the physical principles and mathematical equations which are necessary to understand diagnostic ultrasound. CVT202 ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY II 4.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CVT200 This course is designed as a continuation of Echocardiography I, and emphasizes the theoretical principles of echocardiography necessary to measure and interpret aortic and mitral valve pathology. CVT203 PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES OF MEDICINE II 1.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CVT201 This course is a continuation of CVT201, which provides the student with knowledge of various types of Doppler, Doppler effect, and color flow dynamics. CVT204 ADVANCED ECHO/DOPPLER I 4.5 Semester Credits Prerequisites: CVT202, CVT203 This course includes interpretation of echocardiography and patterns for normal and pathological states of the left ventricle, pulmonic and tricuspid valves, as well as interventional echocardiography. CVT205 CVS INSTRUMENTATION I 1.5 Semester Credits Prerequisites: CVT202, CVT203 This course is intended to introduce the student to various principles of electricity, and electrical safety. Explanation of equipment operation and application, preventive maintenance, inspection, performance testing, and troubleshooting will be covered. CVT206 ADVANCED ECHO/DOPPLER II 4.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CVT204 This course examines the use of Doppler and color flow technology in echocardiography Course Catalog

115 CVT207 CVS INSTRUMENTATION II 1.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CVT205 This course is a continuation of CVT205, and intended to introduce the student to various types of medical instruments that will be encountered at the affiliate hospital during the clinical externship. Explanation of equipment operation and application, preventive maintenance, inspection, performance testing, and troubleshooting will be covered. CVT220 CLINICAL APPLICATIONS VI 3.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CVT206 Practical application of the theoretical principles learned in Advanced Echo/Doppler I and II. Students will be required to spend 32 hours per week at an assigned clinical affiliate. CVT222 CLINICAL APPLICATIONS VII- 3.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CVT220 A continuation of CVT220, this course provides the student with practical application of the theoretical principles of interventional echocardiography, color flow, and Doppler analysis. Students will be assigned to an affiliate clinical site. CVT224 EXTERNSHIP I 3.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CVT222 At the end of the didactic component, students will spend a total of 5 weeks becoming an autonomous, functioning member of the noninvasive CVS department. Students will be assigned to an affiliate clinical site and will spend 32 hours per week. CVT226 EXTERNSHIP II 3.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CVT224 This course is a continuation of CVT224. Students will demonstrate competence in the non-invasive CVS department. Students will be assigned to an affiliate clinical site for 32 hours per week. CVT228 EXTERNSHIP III 3.5 Semester Credits Prerequisite: CVT226 This course is a continuation of CVT226. Students will demonstrate competence in the non-invasive CVS department. Students will be assigned to an affiliate clinical site for 32 hours per week. DA100 DENTAL HISTORY AND ETHICS In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn early indications of and historical significance of oral disease; names of individuals who had a great impact upon the profession of dentistry, and those who promoted education and organized dentistry. The student will have the opportunity to learn the difference between civil and criminal law, the definition of a dental practice act and what it entails, and responsibilities of the dental team with regard to dental records, and implied and informed consent. The student will have the opportunity to define ethics and provide examples of the ADA s and ADAA s principles of ethics; and understand how dentistry adheres to ethical principles in advertising, professional fees and responsibilities. The students will have the opportunity to learn and explain the purpose of HIPAA. DA104 PHARMACOLOGY AND MEDICAL EMERGENCIES 2.5 Quarter Credits In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn the pharmacology of drugs and medications associated with treating diseases; the importance of reference texts relating to pharmacology and drug enforcement, and their use in dentistry. In addition, students will be exposed to related terms and parts of a prescription as well as anesthesia and sedation procedural concepts. Students will examine medical and dental emergency management and CPR, and will have the opportunity to receive their BLS/ CPR card. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 113

116 DA106 ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY AND DENTAL SPECIALTIES Prerequisites: CS102, ALH122 In this course, the student will have the opportunity to become familiar with terminology and body systems. The student will have the opportunity to learn specific terms relative to general human anatomy and physiology, including basic units, planes, cavities, and body systems. The student have the opportunity to learn the landmarks of the face and oral cavity, bones of the cranium, muscles of mastication, facial expression, floor of the mouth, tongue, throat, neck and shoulders. The student will also have the opportunity to learn the nerves, arteries and veins of the maxilla, mandible, head and neck. DA107 DENTAL PHARMACOLOGY Prerequisites: DA106 In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn pharmacology and drugs associated with treating diseases, the importance of reference texts relating to pharmacology and drug enforcement, their use in dentistry, related terms, and parts of a prescription. DA108 DENTAL MATERIALS AND LABORATORY 2.5 Quarter Credits The student will have the opportunity to learn to identify the materials used in the dental laboratory and perform associated procedures; demonstrate knowledge and skills required to mix and manipulate dental cements, liners, bases, and varnishes and restorative materials. Students will be prepared to take and remove alginate impressions and wax bites. Students will be able to obtain knowledge and demonstrate skills in preparing irreversible hydrocolloid, elastomeric, polyether impression materials for the dentist. The student will have the opportunity to learn skills to manipulate gypsum products, pour and trim impressions for diagnostic casts, use a dental articulator, identify different classifications and uses of dental waxes, demonstrate skills required to fabricate acrylic tray resin, custom trays, vacuum formed and thermoplastic custom trays, learn how to contour prefabricated temporary crowns, and fabricated and custom fit temporary restorations. DA109 DENTAL MATERIALS AND LAB 5 Quarter Credits Prerequisites: DA106, DA110 In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn to identify the materials used in the dental laboratory and perform associated procedures, demonstrate knowledge and skills required to prepare, take, and remove alginate impressions and wax bites, demonstrate knowledge and skills necessary to prepare irreversible hydrocolloid impression material, electrometric impression material, and polyether impression materials for the dentist. The student will have the opportunity to learn skills to manipulate gypsum products, pour and trim impression for diagnostic casts, use a dental articulator, identify different classifications and uses of dental waxes, demonstrate skills required to fabricate acrylic tray resin, custom trays, vacuum formed and thermoplastic custom trays, learn how to contour prefabricated temporary crowns, and fabricated and custom fit temporary restorations. DA110 DENTAL ANATOMY Prerequisites: CS102, ALH122 In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn about prenatal growth and development, function of tissues, and structures in the oral cavity surrounding teeth. The study of the structure and forms of human teeth and their location in the mouth are learned. The student will have the opportunity to learn the eruption schedule and function of each tooth in the primary and permanent dentition and related terminology. DA112 DENTAL BUSINESS Prerequisite: DA100 In this course, students will have the opportunity to gain skills in the area of front office procedures including phone management, appointment scheduling, recall management, clinical records maintenance, third party reimbursement, bookkeeping, and written & oral communications. Concepts related to patient reception, marketing, telephone techniques, business office systems, patient scheduling, records management, accounts receivable, management of patient s accounts, and accounts payable will be covered. Inventory control and recall systems management is also emphasized. Students will have the opportunity to become familiar with dental office software Course Catalog

117 DA113 DENTAL BUSINESS 8 Quarter Credits In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn overall aspects of dental office management including, patient reception, marketing, telephone techniques, business office systems, patient scheduling, records management, accounts receivable, management of patient s accounts, and accounts payable. Inventory control and recall systems management is also emphasized. DA114 CHAIRSIDE ASSISTING 2 Quarter Credits Prerequisites: DA100 In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn about dental office-design, how to maintain operatory (treatment room), working environments and clinical equipment. Basic instrumentation, dental handpieces, dental burs, rotary instruments and how to seat and dismiss patients will be covered. Positioning of operator (dentist) and assistant for performance of fourhanded dental procedures will be taught. The student will also learn requirements for special needs patients, instrument grasps and transfer, operating zones, tray systems, and isolation and moisture control techniques for oral evacuation. DA116 MICROBIOLOGY, INFECTION CONTROL, AND HAZARD COMMUNICATIONS 3 Quarter Credits The student will have the opportunity to learn the different characteristics of bacteria, protozoa, yeasts, molds and viruses. The student will the opportunity to learn the different routes of disease transmission, infection control procedures, disinfection techniques and sterilization techniques as well as proper personal protective equipment (PPE). The student will have the opportunity to learn about OSHA Bloodborne pathogens and the Hazardous Materials Standard; proper disposal of hazardous wastes and proper disposal of sharps. Students will be able to learn to identify and describe the MSDS manuals; demonstrate the use of the colors and numbers in hazardous chemical identification; and be able to describe employee training required to meet OSHA standard for hazardous chemicals. DA117 DENTAL RADIOLOGY Prerequisites: DA106 and DA110 This course explores dental radiology, with a focus on the history and biological effects of radiation, safety precautions, and the components and function of the dental x-ray unit. Students will examine how X-rays are produced, and will have the opportunity to describe composition, sizes, types, and storage requirements of dental x-ray film. DA118 DENTAL RADIOLOGY Prerequisites: DA116, DA123, DA128 This course the student will have the opportunity to learn the history and biological effects of radiation, safety precautions, and the components and function of the dental x-ray unit. The paralleling and bisecting techniques used to expose and process diagnostically acceptable intraoral and extraoral dental films on manikins will be covered. The student will have the opportunity to learn to identify common production errors; processing techniques; mounting procedures; and normal radiographic landmarks. Digital radiography procedures and state policies required for dental offices to ensure quality radiographs are reviewed. The student will examine methods used to expose radiographs and develop, mount, and identify anatomical landmarks and abnormalities. DA119 DENTAL RADIOLOGY PROCEDURES 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: DA106 This course will describe paralleling and bisecting techniques used to expose and process diagnostically acceptable intraoral and extraoral dental films will be presented. Common production errors, processing techniques, mounting procedures, radiographic landmark identification techniques, and procedures and state policies required for dental offices to ensure quality radiographs are reviewed. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 115

118 DA120 CHAIRSIDE ASSISTING INSTRUMENTATION Prerequisite: DA106 In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn parts of dental hand instruments, categories and demonstrate their uses. Functions of dental burs, abrasives, and dental handpieces will be demonstrated. Instrument tray systems and color-coding will be used. The student will also have the opportunity to learn procedures performed and instrumentation utilized in Endodontic, oral and maxillofacial surgery, orthodontics, and pediatric dentistry. DA121 CHAIRSIDE ASSISTING CHARTING Prerequisite: DA106 In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn about dental charting, charting symbols and terminology, cavity classifications, dental office-design and working environments, how to seat and dismiss patients, necessary positioning of operator (dentist) and assistant for performance of fourhanded dental procedures. The student will also have the opportunity to learn requirements for special needs patients, instrument grasps and transfer, and methods to maintain a clear working field in oral cavity, as well as how to use and maintain operatory (treatment room). DA122 ORAL PATHOLOGY Prerequisites: DA106, DA110 In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn the process of inflammation, identification of oral lesions, oral diseases, and related biological, physical, and chemical agents, hormonal development and nutritional disturbances. The student will also have the opportunity to learn to identify conditions and lesions of oral neoplasm, those related to HIV and AIDS, and describe conditional relationship to miscellaneous disorders affecting the oral cavity. DA123 HEAD AND NECK ANATOMY In this course, the student will become familiar with terminology and body systems. The students will have the opportunity to learn specific terms relative to general human anatomy and psychology, including basic units, planes, cavities, and body systems; landmarks of the face and oral cavity; bones of the cranium, muscles of mastication, of facial expression, and of the floor of the mouth; tongue, throat, neck and shoulders. The student will also be able to learn the nerves, arteries and veins of the maxilla, mandible, head and neck. DA124 DENTAL HEALTH AND NUTRITION In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn prevention of oral disease and treatment of periodontal disease. The student will have the opportunity to learn how to motivate patients to achieve effective oral hygiene at home, the importance of fluoride in reducing dental caries, and the role of nutrition and a balanced diet in helping patients maintain good oral health. DA126 CHAIRSIDE ASSISTING SPECIALTIES 2 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: DA106 In this course, the student will continue demonstration of instrumentation in various specialties, including periodontics, fixed prosthodontics and removable prosthodontics. The student will also have the opportunity to learn procedures performed and instrumentation utilized in periodontics, fixed and removable prosthodontics. DA128 DENTAL ANATOMY, EMBRYOLOGY, AND HISTOLOGY In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn about prenatal growth and development, function of tissues, and structures in the oral cavity surrounding structures. The study of the structure and forms of human teeth and their location in the mouth are discussed. The student will have the opportunity to learn the eruption phases and schedule and function of each tooth of the primary and permanent dentition. The student will have the opportunity to learn dental charting, charting symbols and terminology, and cavity classification Course Catalog

119 DA129 ORAL PATHOLOGY AND PERIODONTICS Prerequisites: DA116, DA123, DA124, DA128 In this course, the student will have the opportunity to learn the process of inflammation, identification of oral lesions, oral diseases, and related biological, physical, and chemical agents, hormonal development and nutritional disturbances. The student will also have the opportunity to learn to identify conditions and lesions of oral neoplasm, those related to HIV and AIDS, and describe conditional relationship to miscellaneous disorders affecting the oral cavity. The student will have the opportunity to learn concepts of Periodontology. DA130 CHAIRSIDE ASSISTING II Prerequisite: DA114 In this course, the student will continue demonstration of instrumentation in various specialties, including periodontics, fixed prosthodontics, and removable prosthodontics. Students will study procedures performed and instrumentation utilized in periodontics and fixed and removable prosthodontics. DA190 DENTAL ASSISTING EXTERNSHIP I 3 Quarter Hours Prerequisites: DA100, DA106, DA107, DA109, DA110, DA113, DA117, DA119, DA120, DA121, DA122, DA124, DA126 This course is designed to provide students with work experience in a professional healthcare setting. Students are required to complete the externship under the supervision of employers in cooperation with the externship supervisor. DA191 DENTAL ASSISTING EXTERNSHIP II 3 Quarter Hours Prerequisite: DA190 This course is a continuation of Dental Assisting Externship I and is designed to provide students with additional work experience in a professional healthcare setting. Students are required to complete the externship under the supervision of employers in cooperation with the externship supervisor. DA192 DENTAL ASSISTING EXTERNSHIP III 4 Quarter Hours Prerequisite: DA191 This course is a continuation of Dental Assisting Externship II and is designed to provide students with additional work experience in a professional healthcare setting. Students are required to complete the externship under the supervision of employers in cooperation with the externship supervisor. DA201 DENTAL ASSISTANT EXTERNSHIP I 4 Quarter Hours Prerequisites: DA104, DA108, DA112, DA118, DA124, DA129,DA130 This course is designed to provide students with work experience in a professional healthcare setting. Students are required to complete the externship under the supervision of employers in cooperation with the externship supervisor. Students will meet weekly to hand in their time sheets as well as review for the CDA and perform expanded functions as needed to increase knowledge. DA202 DENTAL ASSISTANT EXTERNSHIP II 6 Quarter Hours Prerequisite: DA201 This course is designed to provide students with additional work experience in a professional healthcare setting. Students are required to complete the externship under the supervision of employers in cooperation with the externship supervisor. Students will meet weekly to hand in their time sheets as well as review for the CDA and perform expanded functions as needed to increase knowledge. DESIGN101 DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS This course provides an examination of the different elements of visual design, as well as a general overview of the design process. The material in this course will focus on design for projects essential to all areas of visual design. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 117

120 DESIGN110 WEB DESIGN I This course focuses on the fundamentals of web creation and usage. Browsers, Internet terminology, and Internet usage will be addressed. Use of XHTML in the creation of web design will be discussed. The course will provide an introduction to graphic web applications and the development of a website. DESIGN125 AESTHETICS AND CREATIVITY Prerequisite: PHOTO120 This course reviews current aesthetics and creativity in contemporary photographic art. Discussions include the basics of aesthetics, contemporary styles, approaches to creativity, and a comparison of photography to other visual media. DESIGN130 INTRODUCTION TO DRAWING This course provides an introduction to the tools and techniques of drawing. Principles of composition, balance, rhythm, color, line, texture, and light are addressed through a series of studio assignments. DESIGN140 DIGITAL ILLUSTRATION This course covers the foundations of vector-based artwork in order to create digital illustrations, graphics, and interfaces. Students will have the opportunity to create illustrations and will experiment with type as a graphical element. The differences between vector and raster based artwork will be delineated. DESIGN150 TYPOGRAPHY Prerequisite: DESIGN140 This course covers the language of the visual letter form, the history of typography, and its appropriate use in design. DESIGN160 DIGITAL IMAGING This course has been designed to explain the basic understanding of a raster-based software program to create, manipulate, and modify raster-based images. Students will be focused on understanding the tools used to manipulate raster-based images and will be expected to use proper terminology when discussing and presenting their work. DESIGN210 WEB DESIGN II Prerequisite: DESIGN110 Students will be introduced to the concepts governing website design and implementation. Students will explore a number of design problems, including interface design, navigation, look and feel and design process. DESIGN220 WEB DESIGN III Prerequisite: DESIGN210 This course provides an introduction to the development of dynamic websites through the use of scripting languages and database technologies. Additional topics include scripting syntax, Search Engine Optimization, and Content Management Systems. DESIGN230 INTERACTIVE MEDIA I Prerequisite: DESIGN140 This course will explore interface design theory and its implementation. This will serve as a foundation course covering drawing, animation, importing external graphics, audio and video elements and using them to construct effective web interfaces. DESIGN260 ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGING Prerequisite: DESIGN160 Advanced techniques and aesthetics in digital image creation and editing are explored and applied through the completion of computer design projects Course Catalog

121 DESIGN265 DESIGN FOR BUSINESS Prerequisite: GRAPH250 Students in this course will utilize common business related software to translate their designs into template documents that can be used and augmented by non-designers. DESIGN330 INTERACTIVE MEDIA II Prerequisite: DESIGN230 This course covers intermediate scripting for interactive interfaces. This will include designing dynamically loaded interfaces and loading external files as well as scripting to manipulate video and audio. DESIGN350 ADVANCED TYPOGRAPHY Prerequisite: DESIGN150 This course covers the origins of typography and founders of notable typefaces, as well as how typography has changed in recent history. Advanced-level critique, interpretation of messages and conceptual application is explored. Advanced typography utilized as a visual in design and sole imagery is defined. DESIGN400 INTERACTION DESIGN Prerequisite: DESIGN230 This course outlines standard practices for interaction design including user-centered research, human factors and storytelling for digital based media. DESIGN485 GRAPHIC DESIGN THESIS PRACTICUM Prerequisites: DESIGN400 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours A research based course that integrates concepts and work developed throughout the program. Projects will simulate a professional graphic design production environment. ECON201 FUNDAMENTALS OF ECONOMICS This course is an introduction to the economic process. It presents an overview of micro and macroeconomic principles. This is an integrated introduction to the analysis of individual firms and markets, as well as aggregate economic variables. These include inflation, unemployment and economic growth, with a focus on the state s role in attempts to regulate the economy. ECON315 GLOBAL ECONOMICS Prerequisite: MATH130 This course focuses on the economic aspects of globalization and examines why the interdependent economies of various nations are regarded as a single economic system or entity. It examines barriers and bridges to the world s markets, including trade agreements and obstacles to international trading. ENG101 ENGLISH COMPOSITION I (BUSINESS & HEALTH PROGRAMS) This course emphasizes the ability to write clearly and effectively by applying composition principles to a variety of writing modes. The focus is on the writing process, intended audience, consistent point of view, correct grammar usage, concise language, appropriate style, and effective organizational strategies. ENG220 ENGLISH COMPOSITION II (BUSINESS & HEALTH PROGRAMS) This course explores the acceptable literary styles. Students are provided instruction in planning, organizing, and writing essays. Other emphasis includes library and Internet research and effectiveness and appropriateness of style. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 119

122 ENGL101 ENGLISH COMPOSITION I Prerequisite: HUMN101 In this course, students are given the opportunity to study and apply composition principles to a variety of writing modes, focusing on the writing process, intended audience, consistent point of view, correct grammar, concise language, appropriate style, and effective organizational strategies. ENGL102 ENGLISH COMPOSITION II Prerequisite: ENGL101 This course is designed to allow students to expand their English skills by exploring advanced essay modes that include persuasive writing, literary analysis, and term paper research. Students will have the opportunity to analyze basic literary texts for style and content, and to present a researched, documented term paper. FASH101 INTRODUCTION TO FASHION This course presents an overview of fashion as a profession with an emphasis on its industry and careers. The processes of creating, producing and selling a fashion product, including terminology, professional organizations, and important designers in the field will be covered. FASH105 FASHION SKETCHING I This course demonstrates the relationship of clothing to the human figure, its proportion and how that translates into a line drawing or a flat, used by designers, manufacturers, retailers and merchandisers. Nomenclature of clothing items and parts and fashion vocabulary will be emphasized. Various drawing media will also be introduced. FASH110 CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION I Principles of basic construction and cutting techniques are studied and industrial sewing machines are used to construct a complete garment. A notebook of machine and hand-sewn samples is compiled for future reference. The focus of the course is on accuracy, technique and neatness. FASH115 EVOLUTION OF FASHION Prerequisite: FASH101 This course introduces students to the ideologies and elements of fashion design throughout history. Students will study sociological, political, religious, aesthetic, and cultural issues related to the evolution of fashion, and will examine contemporary theories, designers, strategies, and techniques related to fashion design. FASH120 TEXTILES FOR FASHION This course provides an introduction to textiles and the textile industry with a focus on terminology, fiber properties, yarns, and fabric characteristics. Emphasis is on the selection, performance, use, and care of textiles. The construction, dyeing, printing, and finishing of textiles will be explored. FASH125 FASHION SKETCHING II Prerequisite: FASH105 This course covers the fashion figure, its proportions, and poses to suit varied markets, including rendering of fabrics and exploration of varied media. FASH150 CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION II Prerequisite: FASH110 Advanced construction techniques are explored, introducing specialized techniques and fabrics. Complete garments are sewn with an emphasis on assembly order, detail and accuracy Course Catalog

123 FASH202 COMPUTER GRAPHICS FOR FASHION DESIGN Prerequisite: FASH125 This course covers the basics of computer illustration as applied to fashion design. Focus will be on computer needs for the fashion industry and will include scanning and manipulation of line drawings, fabric and other images. FASH205 PATTERN DRAFTING I Prerequisite: FASH110 or FASH150 This course introduces the fundamentals of flat pattern design using drafting techniques and pattern manipulation with dress form body measurements. FASH220 DRAPING I Prerequisite: FASH110 or FASH150 This course introduces the fundamentals of draping and the importance of grain and proportion as they affect the design of garments. FASH225 PATTERN DRAFTING II Prerequisites: FASH150, FASH205 A continuation of Pattern Drafting I, this course focuses on the advancement of technical skills through the completion of complex pattern drafting projects. Emphasis is on precision and the mastery of drafting techniques. FASH230 DRAPING II Prerequisites: FASH150, FASH220 Students apply skills acquired in Draping I to develop greater proficiency in advanced draping techniques and apparel design. FASH240 APPAREL PRODUCTION I Prerequisites: FASH225, FASH230 Students will design and develop garments from concept to finished product using product development and production techniques. FASH260 FASHION DESIGN I Prerequisite: FASH120 or FASH125 or FASH202 This course will investigate the elements and principles of design to solve specific apparel design problems related to fashion markets. FASH300 PATTERN TECHNIQUES Prerequisites: FASH225, FASH240 This course will explore techniques of pattern making used in product development including grading, various methods of knock-offs, and technical flats. FASH305 COMPUTER PATTERN DRAFTING I Prerequisite: FASH300 This course examines pattern development through the use of industry specific computer pattern drafting software. Problem-solving and technical skills necessary to draft and plot slopers and styled patterns are expanded through the use of various computer pattern drafting tools. FASH310 CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION III Prerequisites: FASH150 and FASH230 This course presents advanced sewing and construction techniques, including finishing of fine stylized garments and samples. FASH315 TREND FORECASTING This course researches and analyzes social, cultural, religious, aesthetic, economic, political, and world events from the past as well as today. Events that impacted changes in fashion in the past will be explored as a means to predict changes in future fashion. Various fashion theories, cycles, and styles will be discussed. FASH320 TEXTILE DESIGN Prerequisites: FASH120 and FASH202 This course will focus upon the use of computer software to develop various textiles in print. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 121

124 FASH340 APPAREL PRODUCTION II Prerequisite: FASH240 This course will cover product development with emphasis on methods for cutting, assembly, and managing the manufacture of garments through the production process. Course includes production and merchandising relationships, and tech pack development. FASH350 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FASHION DESIGN I Prerequisites: FASH240 or Successful completion of 90 Credit Hours This course offers an exploration into topics of special interest to the fashion designer. FASH355 COMPUTER PATTERN DRAFTING II Prerequisite: FASH305 This course examines the development of flat patterns using computer pattern drafting software. Computer pattern drafting skills in pattern development, grading, and marker making by translating original sketches into patterns and finished garments will be topics of focus. FASH360 FASHION DESIGN II Prerequisite: FASH260 This course will explore the design and merchandising of seasonal ladies apparel. This course will focus on marketability and the development of a customer profile. Emphasis is placed on the importance of developing a working croquis book. FASH450 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FASHION DESIGN II Prerequisites: FASH240 or Successful completion of 135 Credit Hours This course offers an exploration into topics of special interest to the fashion designer. FASH465 FASHION DESIGN III Prerequisite: FASH360 This course will focus on designing collections for a specific market. FASH470 FASHION DESIGN STUDIO Prerequisite: FASH465 This course will focus on the production of an apparel group. Skills and concepts in draping, pattern drafting, clothing construction, fitting, fabrication, design, and knowledge of markets and trends will be brought together in this course. FASH480 FASHION DESIGN INTERNSHIP Prerequisites: FASH470 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours This course provides students with an opportunity to gain industry experience in their chosen career field. The focus of the course will be on the development of practical job skills, industry knowledge, and professional performance. FASH485 FASHION DESIGN CAPSTONE Prerequisites: FASH470 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours The capstone is a research-based course that integrates skills, knowledge, and creativity to produce a project that will showcase professional expertise in a chosen career field. FASH490 SENIOR FASHION DESIGN PORTFOLIO Prerequisites: FASH470 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours This course will facilitate analysis of the needs of the fashion industry and creation of a portfolio that will showcase student work Course Catalog

125 FILM200 EDITING I This course examines post-production technology and techniques that are used to deliver professional quality digital video. The editing of footage for distribution in a variety of video formats will be addressed. Quality, timing, compression, and distribution formats will be explored in depth. FILM250 EDITING II Prerequisite: FILM200 This course focuses upon editing software for non-linear HD editing. HD digital video editing principles and techniques will be explored. The editing of digital HD footage for use in a variety of media design projects will be examined, with a focus on aesthetic quality, technical proficiency, compression formats, and delivery. GAME230 STORYBOARDING AND STORYTELLING Prerequisite: GAME105 or GAME120 or DESIGN101 This course will focus on the development of visual representations of story and game-play elements through the study and creation of screenplay and storyboards. Emphasis will be placed on visual language, story conventions, element creation and the ability to translate story from text to image. GRAPH110 DESIGN PROCESS This course introduces students to the design process. Fundamental design processes and techniques are defined and examined. GRAPH120 COLOR THEORY This course examines the use of color with an understanding of the potential for purpose and aesthetic application. Terminology, concepts and methodology as applied to basic color, process color, and/or other technologies will be covered. GRAPH160 GRAPHIC DESIGN I Prerequisite: DESIGN101 This course examines complex and multi-faceted commercial design problems as a means of developing dynamic and innovative solutions. Design projects are analyzed according to their conceptual and graphical composition, and are developed to effectively and creatively communicate a message to a specific audience. GRAPH250 DIGITAL LAYOUT Prerequisite: DESIGN140, DESIGN160 This course provides the fundamentals of publication design and page layout using a current page-layout software to produce quality publications and print materials. The focus will also be on graphic design skills including composition, layout, and content. GRAPH260 GRAPHIC DESIGN II Prerequisite: GRAPH160 This course focuses on the role of the designer in the development of a media campaign. Processes and guidelines used in the creation of a design series are discussed, as are time and budget constraints. Thumbnail sketches, storyboards, hand-drawn exemplars, and classroom presentations are used to refine ideas prior to final rendering on the computer. GRAPH280 GRAPHIC DESIGN III Prerequisite: GRAPH260 This advanced studio course examines the process and purpose of graphic design at the professional level. Students are expected to incorporate effective studio design, research, and complex, multifaceted problem methodologies in the creation of dynamic and innovative design solutions appropriate to a variety of coordinated media delivery systems. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 123

126 GRAPH290 GRAPHIC DESIGN PORTFOLIO Prerequisites: GRAPH250 or Successful completion of 60 Credit Hours This course will serve as the culmination of all graphic design projects completed throughout the program of study. The course will emphasize professionalism and increased creative and technical proficiency while extending the range, variety and quality of final projects. The final presentation of resume, portfolio and professional attitude will culminate with an individual mock interview. GRAPH295 GRAPHIC DESIGN PRACTICUM Prerequisites: Successful completion of 60 Credit Hours This course allows students to gain practical experience in graphic design through the completion of projects that simulate a professional work environment. (This course is not open to SBC Online students.) GRAPH300 GRAPHIC DESIGN IV Prerequisite: GRAPH280 This course explores the methods and modes for information design, including research, analysis, grouping and synthesis in order to produce rich information graphics for both traditional and digital presentation. GRAPH320 HISTORY AND THEORY OF DESIGN This course provides an examination of the ideologies and elements of art and design as illustrated throughout history. Sociological, political, religious, aesthetic and cultural issues related to the evolution of art and design are identified, and the nature of form, function and the role of design in addressing visual communication and other challenges are examined. GRAPH360 BRANDING AND CORPORATE IDENTITY Prerequisite: GRAPH250 This course will focus upon the essential skills necessary for the development of a corporate brand. Research, strategy formulation, design and implementation of a new brand identity and/or a re-branding will be covered in this course. GRAPH400 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GRAPHIC DESIGN Prerequisites: GRAPH360 or Successful completion of 120 Credits This course explores topics of special interest related to Graphic Design. GRAPH410 DESIGN FOR MOBILE APPLICATIONS Prerequisite: DESIGN400 This course leverages students multimedia knowledge while introducing the basics of design for mobile applications. The students will use industry standard software to develop, test, debug and distribute an application for a mobile device. GRAPH450 PACKAGE DESIGN Prerequisite: GRAPH330 or GRAPH300 The focus of the class will be the production, evaluation, and analysis of various types of packaging. Creative packaging, three dimensional mock-ups and models, material restrictions and limitations, and digital transfer will be explored in this course. GRAPH480 GRAPHIC DESIGN INTERNSHIP Prerequisites: GRAPH360 or Successful completion of 144 credits This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to gain industry experience in their chosen career field. The focus of the course will be on the development of practical job skills, industry knowledge, and professional performance. (This course is not open to SBC Online students.) Course Catalog

127 GRAPH490 SENIOR GRAPHIC DESIGN PORTFOLIO Prerequisites: GRAPH400 or Successful completion of 144 Credits This course will serve as the culmination of all graphic design projects completed throughout the program of study. The course will emphasize professionalism and increased creative and technical proficiency while extending the range, variety and quality of final projects. The final presentation of resume, portfolio and professional attitude will culminate with an individual mock interview. HUMN101 INFORMATION LITERACY The purpose of this course is to introduce students to information literacy. Students will have the opportunity to develop skills to access digital and print source material and to evaluate and appropriately integrate this information into their own coursework. Students will be asked to assess their own thought processes and examine fallacies associated with their reasoning. The use of digital technology to communicate effectively is also a key component of this course. HUMN301 HISTORY OF ART I Prerequisite: ENGL102 Students will have the opportunity to explore the nature of human thought, culture, and creativity dating from the early Renaissance through the 20th century through an examination of selected achievements in the humanities and the arts. This course will help students foster an understanding of human heritage as it recognizes individuals, societies, and cultures that have shaped our modern existence. HUMN302 HISTORY OF ART II Prerequisite: ENGL102 Students will have the opportunity to explore the nature of human thought, culture, and creativity dating from Prehistoric time through the 14th century through an examination of selected achievements in the humanities and the arts. This course will help students foster an understanding of human heritage as it recognizes individuals, societies, and cultures that have shaped our modern existence. HUMN401 LITERATURE AND FILM Prerequisites: ENGL102 This course examines literature and film and provides the opportunity for the student to compare and contrast the presentation of a story through different media. Analysis of literary works and critique of their film adaptations will allow the student to determine the characteristics of successful adaptation. IMKT120 MEDIA DESIGN CONCEPTS This course provides the student the opportunity to research methods and techniques of creating personal digital content. Students will explore a powerful array of software-based tools including podcasts, movies and websites that utilize design concepts being used with all media. INTR101 INTRODUCTION TO INTERIOR DESIGN This course serves as an introduction to Interior Design, with an overview of the principles and elements of design, the development of the profession of interior design, organizations, and important designers in the field. Regulations, codes, ethics, and professional standards in interior design are discussed. INTR105 DRAFTING This course provides an introduction to manual drafting techniques, with the focus on terminology and process. Learning experiences will include the opportunity to letter architecturally, describe and graphically construct interior floor plans, elevations, and other basic interior construction documents. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 125

128 INTR130 SKETCHING AND RENDERING Prerequisite: DESIGN130 This course explores a variety of presentation techniques for interior design including sketching, freehand drawing and rendering processes through a variety of media. The development of drawing techniques including the representation of perspective, volume, scale, and space will be covered. Presentation concepts may include alternative approaches to layouts, boards, and materials used to convey design solutions. INTR201 HISTORY OF INTERIOR DESIGN: ANCIENT TO EARLY NEOCLASSICISM This course provides an examination of design, architecture, furniture, and interiors from antiquity through early neoclassicism. Aesthetic, economic, environmental, social, psychological, religious, and political concepts relating to interiors and architecture are explored. INTR202 HISTORY OF INTERIOR DESIGN: LATE NEOCLASSICISM TO PRESENT This course provides an examination of design, architecture, furniture, and interiors from late neoclassicism to present times. Aesthetic, economic, environmental, social, psychological, religious, and political concepts relating to interiors and architecture are explored. INTR203 TEXTILES This course examines the technical, tactile and visual qualities of fabric. Manufacturing techniques, analysis of weave techniques, texture, color and application of textiles in design will be covered. Learning experiences include the opportunity to design and application of textiles to a variety of design projects. INTR210 INTERIOR DESIGN ISSUES AND PROGRAMMING Prerequisite: INTR101 This course will examine the process of defining interior design challenges, and how those challenges may be solved through the designed environment. Topics will include basic information gathering methods, survey of research literature of interior design and how research supports evidence-based design process. Theoretical concepts supporting interior design solutions will be discussed and explored through project work, including the process of documenting client and user project requirements. INTR215 RESOURCES AND MATERIALS Prerequisite: INTR101 This course explores resources and materials and code regulations that pertain to interior design. The course will examine the properties and uses of various design materials, practice sourcing, budgeting, and ordering materials. INTR220 DIGITAL MEDIA FOR INTERIOR DESIGN Prerequisites: INTR101 and DESIGN101 This course will cover a variety of illustration software to create renderings and enhance photographs, hand drawings and other graphic images. Manual and digital visual presentation techniques will be covered. INTR225 COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN I Prerequisite: INTR105 This course focuses upon two-dimensional computer-aided drafting. Emphasis is placed on mastering the drawing and editing commands, screen navigation, dimensioning, using text, creating layouts in paper space, and saving in different file formats for plotting and transmission over the Internet. Isometric drawing and construction documentation using computer-aided design will be covered. Digital visual presentation techniques will also be covered Course Catalog

129 INTR230 SPATIAL ENVIRONMENTS Prerequisite: INTR210 This course will expose students to the concepts and methods of shaping interior space. Topics include the interpretation of gathered information, association of ideas, exploration of three-dimensional spatial relationships and the merge of spatial form and function. Emphasis will be placed on the transformation of interior space through concept development, diagramming, space planning and manipulation of interior spatial form as applied to project work. This course will examine the dynamics of the interior design studio learning environment. INTR250 COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN II Prerequisite: INTR225 Skills and knowledge acquired in INTR225 Computer-Aided Design I are used to create a comprehensive interior working drawing set using a previously designed project. Techniques for creating and managing sheet sets and streamlining the drawing process are emphasized. Basic mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems used in construction are addressed in relation to interior spaces. INTR260 INTERIOR DESIGN I Prerequisite: INTR210 or INTR230 The content for this studio course builds upon information learned in previous courses. Emphasis will be placed on the application of the fundamental phases of the design process as related to a living environment. Learning experiences will offer opportunities to critically investigate distinct interior design issues and create solutions to specific spatial challenges through the development of a professional interior design project and presentation. INTR290 BUILDING SYSTEMS AND CODES Prerequisite: INTR225 Basic mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems used in construction are addressed in relation to interior spaces. This course also examines codes and regulatory processes applied to the built environment, including federal, state and local codes. The importance of codes, federal laws and standards are emphasized as students learn the language of codes, including codes organizations, laws that impact the practice of interior design, and their role as a member of an interdisciplinary design team. INTR325 COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN III Prerequisite: INTR250 This course covers three-dimensional wire-frame, surface and solid models of interior design subjects. Emphasis will be placed on the creation or importation of material bitmap files and use of artificial and natural lighting simulation. Image enhancement, editing and rendering techniques through the use of second-party software will be covered. INTR330 LIGHTING DESIGN FOR INTERIORS Prerequisite: INTR290 This course covers the study of the physics of light through the examination of the control of natural and artificial light and how the human eye responds to those conditions. Content will include the analysis and evaluation of various classes of light sources and fixtures with an emphasis on human factors, energy efficiency, safety and desired lighting effects. Assessment and application of lighting solutions will be applied to design challenges. INTR340 INTERIOR DESIGN II Prerequisites: INTR225, INTR230, INTR260 The content for this studio course builds upon information learned in previous courses. Emphasis will be placed on the application of the design process as related to a work environment. Learning experiences will offer opportunities to critically investigate distinct interior design issues and create solutions based on increasingly complex spatial challenges through the development of a professional interior design project and presentation. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 127

130 INTR350 COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN IV Prerequisite: INTR325 This course covers advanced modeling, lighting, animation and graphic software program techniques to enhance communication skills for visualization and presentation purposes. An overview of additional industry current computer rendering programs will be included. INTR360 INTERIOR DESIGN III Prerequisites: INTR340, INTR250, Successful completion of 96 Credit Hours The content for this advanced studio course builds upon information learned in previous courses. Emphasis will be placed on the application of the design process as related to branded environments such as entertainment, hospitality and retail interiors. Learning experiences will offer opportunities to critically investigate distinct interior design issues and create solutions for high concept and versatile spatial challenges through the development of a professional interior design project and presentation. INTR380 INTERIOR DESIGN IV Prerequisites: (DESIGN110 or INTR340), INTR250 and Successful completion of 96 Credit Hours The content for this advanced studio course builds upon information learned in previous courses. Emphasis will be placed on the application of the design process as related to healing environments. Learning experiences will offer opportunities to critically investigate distinct interior design issues and create solutions for a comprehensive, large scale commercial project while addressing the design for special user requirements. This will be accomplished through the development of a professional interior design project and presentation. INTR390 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN FOR A GLOBAL SOCIETY Prerequisite: INTR340 This course reinforces concepts of sustainability, responsibility in design decisions and environmental awareness. Awareness of the global environment, cultures and responsibility of mankind to the world will be explored. INTR400 SPECIAL TOPICS IN INTERIOR DESIGN Prerequisite: INTR340 This course offers an exploration into topics of special interest related to interior design. INTR410 SENIOR INTERIOR DESIGN PROJECT I Prerequisites: INTR380 and Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours This course continues the examination and analysis of contemporary interior design theories, issues and challenges through scholarly literature, research methods and aesthetic concepts that influence the design of interior environments. Course content will include the preparation of design program documentation and exploration of conceptual design to support the development of an individual design project. Under faculty guidance, emphasis will be placed on the identification of a major comprehensive project type relating to individual student interest and/or career focus. INTR420 SENIOR INTERIOR DESIGN PROJECT II Prerequisite: INTR410 This course continues to support the development of the senior individual design project based on a demonstration of the skills and knowledge accumulated throughout the program. Emphasis will be placed on design development and creation of a professional design presentation for critique. A set of contract documents related to the project scope will also be produced. INTR440 ADVANCED INTERIOR DETAILING Prerequisite: INTR360 This course focuses on the exploration, design and technical development of custom detailing for interiors as applied to a past studio design project. Unique material research and application will be required with emphasis on economic and sustainable choices. Appropriate communication techniques will be used including conceptual sketches, specifications and working drawings Course Catalog

131 INTR480 INTERIOR DESIGN INTERNSHIP Prerequisites: INTR499 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to gain industry experience in their chosen career field. The focus of the course will be on the development of practical job skills, industry knowledge, and professional performance. INTR485 INTERIOR DESIGN CAPSTONE Prerequisites: INTR499 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours The interior design capstone is an action research-based course that integrates concepts and work from throughout the program. Projects will simulate a professional interior studio environment, allow opportunities for students to further work with a project budget, team dynamics and address a community need. INTR490 SENIOR INTERIOR DESIGN PORTFOLIO Prerequisites: INTR499 or Successful completion of 144 Credit Hours This course offers instruction in the final preparation and presentation of an individual portfolio. Resume preparation, job search procedures, interviewing skills, marketing strategies, aesthetic principles, presentation techniques, and portfolio critique and revision will be emphasized. INTR499 PROFESSIONAL BUSINESS PRACTICES FOR INTERIOR DESIGN Prerequisite: Successful completion of 120 Credit Hours This course covers the study of the practice of interior design as a profession and business with an emphasis on business formations, elements of business practice, project management, project communication and project delivery methods. Legal and ethical issues will be addressed as well as discussion of professional organizations, lifelong learning, public and community service. MA140 CLINICAL PROCEDURES This course examines clinical procedures common to the medical office, including preparing and positioning patients, determining height and weight, documenting patient histories, and setting up and using equipment. Additional topics include aseptic technique, employee and patient safety concerns in the healthcare environment, adherence to OSHA, use of MSDS, Blood Borne Pathogens, PPE guidelines, and an introduction to sharps and sharps disposal. MA141 CLINICAL PROCEDURES II 2.5 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MA140 This course is a continuation of Clinical Procedures. Topics include first aid and CPR training, vital signs, medical office emergencies, assisting with general and specialty examinations, instrument sterilization, and the use of ancillary equipment in an office such as heat and cold therapy, physical therapy, electrotherapy, laser therapy, and ultrasound therapy. MA150 ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY 2.5 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MA140 This course covers various cardiopulmonary diagnostic testing methods including 12-lead EKG procedures, rhythm interpretation, and respiratory testing. Students will also practice taking patient vital signs, including temperature, pulse, respiration, and blood pressure. MA155 PHARMACOLOGY 2.5 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MA140 A study of the classification and administration of medications, with a focus on safety, accuracy, and skill development. Topics include pharmacology mathematics, dosage calculations, medication preparation, patient education, common medications and side effects, and proper documentation and inventory. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 129

132 MA160 MEDICAL LABORATORY PROCEDURES 2.5 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MA140 This course introduces students to essential laboratory assisting skills, with a focus on microbiology and urinalysis. Students will practice techniques used to collect and analyze bacterial specimens and urine samples, including the physical, chemical, and microscopic examination of urine and streptococci testing and plating. Other point of care testing is included. MA165 HEMATOLOGY 2.5 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MA140 This course examines principles and procedures involved in blood specimen collection and laboratory testing. Topics include blood structure and components, blood grouping, the analysis of venous and capillary blood specimens, vacutainer systems and syringe methods, hematocrit, hemoglobin, RBC morphology, WBC differential and platelet estimation, CBC, and other point of care testing. MA180 MEDICAL OFFICE ADMINISTRATION This course examines principles of financial and practice management and administrative medical assisting common to healthcare settings. Topics include communication and interpersonal relations; patient reception, education, and processing, supervision and training of personnel, equipment and supply inventory, accounts payable and receivable, and liability and risk management. MA190 MEDICAL ASSISTANT CLINICAL REVIEW 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisites: MA141; MA150; MA155; and MA160 Co-requisite: MA165 This course provides a review of clinical skills and content learned throughout the program. Students will practice lab exercises, refine resumes, and develop communication and interviewing skills in preparation for employment opportunities as a medical assistant. MA200 MEDICAL ASSISTANT EXTERNSHIP 180 Clock Hours (180 Externship) 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisites: MA165, MA180, MA190 This course provides the opportunity for students to gain practical experience in a selected healthcare setting. Students will be evaluated by both qualified medical personnel from the site and program faculty, and will document observed and performed procedures. MATH130 COLLEGE ALGEBRA This course is designed to enable students to reason quantitatively from a variety of mathematical perspectives. Topics include statistics, logic, geometry, estimation, and the process of problem solving. Calculators or computers will be used where appropriate. MT101 MASSAGE THERAPY FOUNDATIONS 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MT105 This course introduces the student to the practice of massage therapy, including basic theory and skills. Topics covered are benefits, contraindications, professional ethics, SOAP charting, client intake and medical history, safety/sanitation, equipment and supplies, history, bodywork systems, professional boundaries, transference, energy boundaries, informed consent, intervention model, self-care, art & science of massage, and meditation centering. Skills include yoga, centering, and self-care, draping, body mechanics, palpation, basic massage techniques; special needs positioning, integration techniques, and full body massage routine. The history of massage therapy is also covered. MT103 DEEP TISSUE MASSAGE 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MT101 This course focuses on the development of knowledge and massage techniques to affect deep layers of tissues, and specific muscular structures. Topics include the use of pressure, specificity, and monitoring pain. Physical skills focus on body mechanics, palpation skills, tissue assessment, and deep tissue massage techniques Course Catalog

133 MT104 MUSCLE ANATOMY FOR MASSAGE THERAPISTS 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MT101 This course directs the student in the detailed study of the muscular system of the human body by region, including muscle origin/insertion/ action (O/I/As), (i.e. head and neck, upper extremities, torso, and lower extremities). Topics include locating and palpating specific structures. MT105 HYDROTHERAPY AND SPA MODALITIES 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MT101 This course focuses on the therapeutic use of water and common spa modalities. Topics include the therapeutic properties of water, physiological effects of hydrotherapy, and the effects of heat and cold. Techniques studied include applications of hot and cold packs, Epsom salts, body wraps (clay, seaweed), paraffin treatments, stone massage, and full-body tandem massage. MT106 KINESIOLOGY AND JOINT MOVEMENTS 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MT101 Detailed study of the skeletal system joints of the body, and posture including bone identification and bony landmark palpation. Also includes range of motion evaluation, and addressing muscle imbalances with massage. MT107 CONTEMPORARY MASSAGE AND BODYWORK 3 Quarter Credits 40 Contact Hours Prerequisite: MT101 This course introduces the student to four major massage modalities, including stretching techniques, myofascial massage, trigger point therapy, and lymphatic drainage massage. Topics include a review of anatomy related to the modality, indication and contraindications, basic techniques, and integration of the modality into massage sessions. MT108 ENERGY BODYWORK 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MT101 This course introduces the student to forms of energy bodywork including polarity therapy, Asian bodywork therapy, and reflexology. This course includes theory, basic techniques, routines, and integration into massage sessions. MT109 MASSAGE FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MT101 This course focuses on considerations for giving massage to special populations including athletes, pregnant women, infants, elderly and the terminally ill. Coursework includes specific approaches for each population, their special needs, contraindications and cautions, and massage applications. MT110 PATHOLOGY FOR MASSAGE THERAPISTS 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MT101 In this course, the student will study common pathologies of the human body and emotional and mental disorders. Topics include medical terminology, inflammation, wound healing, and common diseases and dysfunctions of each system. This course includes relevant anatomy review, indications and contraindication for massage, massage applications, and SOAP note documentation. MT111 THERAPEUTIC MASSAGE APPLICATIONS 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: MT101 This course focuses on the applications of therapeutic massage for common health problems, and on the development of treatment plans using a goal-oriented process. Students have the opportunity to gain an understanding of qualitative and quantitative research for an evidencebased approach, with a specific focus on the case study. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 131

134 MT112 SEATED MASSAGE 3 Quarter Credits, 40 contact hours Prerequisite: MT101 This course focuses on the applications of Western massage and shiatsu for the client in a seated position on both regular and special massage chairs. Topics include history, equipment, positioning, adapted massage techniques, and business considerations. Students have the opportunity to learn about the techniques and applications for special events, office workers, shiatsu, integrated seated massage; and special seated positioning. MT113 STUDENT CLINIC 3 Quarter Credits, 40 contact hours Prerequisites: MT103, MT104, MT105, MT106, MT107, MT108, MT109, MT110, MT111, MT112 Students provide massage therapy to the general public in a clinic setting under faculty supervision. Tasks include space setup and cleanup, client file reviews, client intake and interviews, session planning and implementation, writing notes, and self-evaluation reports. Students also prepare to take the CPR examination, as well as learn to manage minor office emergencies. MT117 BUILDING A MASSAGE THERAPY PRACTICE Prerequisite: MT105 This course introduces the student to the process of developing a successful massage therapy practice. Includes organizational, legal, financial, and ethical considerations of employment and selfemployment. State licensing laws are examined; specifically, Chapters 456 and 480, F.S. and Chapter 64B7, F.A.C. MTH110 COLLEGE MATHEMATICS In this course, students will develop the ability to solve a variety of problems through the use of mathematical structures such as algebra, geometry, and statistical analysis. MTH120 ALGEBRA 3 Semester Credits This course is designed to provide the student with a working knowledge of linear equations and the ability to use them in solving applied problems in life and in the workplace. Emphasis is on the beginning knowledge of quadratic equations and the skills needed to solve polynomials and inequalities. MTH135 ALGEBRA This course involves the study of linear and quadratic algebraic expressions. Students develop problem-solving skills through the study of absolute values, graphs, quadratic and fractional equations, inequalities, rational and inverse functions, polynomials, and exponential and logarithmic functions. MTH150 MATH AND PHYSICS 3 Semester Credits This course is an introduction to mathematics and physics including a proficiency in using whole numbers, decimals, fractions, ratios and proportions, and the application of physics theories for the workplace. PD103 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 2 Quarter Credits 20 Contact Hours This course is designed to help the student communicate effectively with others in a variety of settings. It covers a wide range of job-seeking skills, including the development of an effective resume, interviewing skills, and the building of professional qualities. PHIL405 ETHICS Prerequisite: ENGL102 Ethics is the study of moral philosophy in relation to society and human behavior. Students will study theoretical and applied ethical constructs, from both a Western and non- Western approach, that shape beliefs and relate to decision-making processes Course Catalog

135 PHL105 CRITICAL THINKING This course examines methods of rational inquiry and analysis used in the development of critical and creative thinking. Students will investigate hypotheses and information, evaluate evidence, discuss the role of necessary and sufficient conditions, and cultivate problem-solving skills. PHL210 ETHICS This course introduces students to ethical theory, ethical decisionmaking processes, and the moral discourse that surrounds an array of contemporary issues. Students will debate ethical issues and develop rational arguments that help to support or refute a variety of ethical claims. PHOTO105 IMAGING SOFTWARE I This course is a hands-on introduction to digital image media. Basic digital software tools and vocabulary will be discussed with an emphasis on a photographer s use of digital media. Beginning with scanning and input options, students will have the opportunity to learn to use relevant software to enhance, correct, manipulate, and manage image assets. PHOTO115 IMAGING SOFTWARE II Prerequisite: PHOTO105 This course focuses on intermediate fundamentals of photo imaging applications. The broad-range of functions these programs offer will be explored as tools for the photographer to enhance their images. PHOTO120 FOUNDATIONS OF PHOTOGRAPHY This introductory course will cover the basic principles of all camera functions and operations, composing an image in the viewfinder, appropriate selections of optics and camera settings, downloading and viewing images using the appropriate software. PHOTO125 INTEGRATED MEDIA I Prerequisite: PHOTO115 This course explores a variety of media applications useful to the professional photographer. Emphasis will be placed on the integration of presentation and delivery systems with industry standard software and techniques. PHOTO135 COLOR MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: PHOTO115 This course presents techniques to control and prepare a digital file for output. Work will be produced in both color and grayscales using a variety of ICC profiles. Additional topics include calibration of monitors and working in a variety of color spaces. PHOTO140 LIGHTING BASICS Prerequisite: PHOTO120 This course is designed to develop understanding and control of artificial lighting, the combination of artificial light and ambient light and the practical application of various qualities of light in any environment. The emphasis of this class is location lighting. Situations are studied to understand limitations, advantages, and disadvantages of various lighting environments and methods. Portable electronic flash is used extensively in this class. PHOTO150 ENVIRONMENTAL LIGHTING Prerequisite: PHOTO120 This course is designed to develop understanding and control of lighting that exists in a given environment and the practical application of various qualities of light in any environment. This class emphasizes the use of available light on location and appropriate modification using tools and techniques that optimize the lighting for photography. Situations are studied to understand limitations, advantages, and disadvantages of various lighting environments and methods. Development of digital imaging skill continues. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 133

136 PHOTO201 HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY This course presents an overview of photography from the beginning of the 19th century to the contemporary, Examination and analysis of work by photographers that have influenced our culture is a large part of course activity. PHOTO225 INTEGRATED MEDIA II Prerequisite: PHOTO125 This course builds upon the skills and knowledge acquired in previous courses and allows students to further practical experience in integrating media for presentation purposes. PHOTO230 BUSINESS FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS Prerequisites: Completion of 40 Credits This course introduces the various forms of business organization, business planning, and the analysis of potential markets, as each apply to the business of Photography. Other topics include the assessment of start-up costs, the projection of income and other components that are critical elements of a business plan. PHOTO240 PORTRAITURE Prerequisite: PHOTO140 This course examines mainstream commercial portraiture. The applications of traditional and contemporary principles are used to establish confidence and control in lighting and posing, as well as final image production. PHOTO250 LOCATION LIGHTING Prerequisite: PHOTO120 This course is designed to develop understanding and control of artificial lighting, the combination of artificial light and ambient light and the practical application of various qualities of light in any environment. The emphasis of this class is location lighting. Situations are studied to understand limitations, advantages, and disadvantages of various lighting environments and methods. Portable electronic flash is used extensively in this class. PHOTO260 PEOPLE PHOTOGRAPHY Prerequisite: PHOTO240 This course is designed to produce a professional-level product. Emphasis is placed on interaction with industry professionals in accordance with industry-standard protocols. PHOTO265 COMMERCIAL PHOTOGRAPHY Prerequisite: PHOTO260 This course focuses on the commercial and advertising fields of professional photography. Emphasis is placed on the ability to produce effective presentations, targeted marketing efforts and successful bidding skills. The importance of design in creating effective imagery is given special attention. PHOTO270 STUDIO LIGHTING Prerequisite: PHOTO140 This course applies advanced theories of light control in a studio table top environment. Precise control of reflective and non-reflective surfaces is emphasized. PHOTO275 VIDEO PRODUCTION FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS Prerequisite: PHOTO140 This course introduces the basic concepts of video production and post-production. Emphasis is placed on the use of industry standard hardware and software to capture, convert, and edit video. PHOTO280 WEDDING AND EVENT PHOTOGRAPHY Prerequisite: PHOTO140 This course emphasizes the process of image design for individuals, couples and groups. The course presents both traditional and contemporary approaches to wedding and event photography Course Catalog

137 PHOTO285 VIDEO EDITING FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS Prerequisite: PHOTO140 This course explores a variety of media applications useful to the professional photographer. Emphasis will be placed on the integration of presentation and delivery systems with industry standard software and techniques. PHOTO295 PORTFOLIO Prerequisite: PHOTO265 This class will examine the tools and knowledge critical to successful self-promotion. Focus will be on the creation of a business identity and using this identity to consistently network and prospect for new clients. PHOTO305 VIDEO I Prerequisite: PHOTO125 This course introduces the basic concepts of video production and post-production. Emphasis is placed on the use of industry standard hardware and software to capture, convert, and edit video. PHOTO315 IMAGING SOFTWARE III Prerequisite: PHOTO115 This course explores advanced tools and techniques of photographic work flow using software applications. Topics covered build upon foundations learned in previous courses. PHOTO320 COMMERCIAL PHOTOGRAPHY Prerequisite: PHOTO260 This course focuses on the commercial and advertising fields of professional photography. Emphasis is placed on the ability to produce effective presentations, targeted marketing efforts and successful bidding skills. The importance of design in creating effective imagery is given special attention. PHOTO325 VIDEO II Prerequisite: PHOTO305 This digital video course is designed to take commercial photography into the world of video journalism. Transferring photo skills into video, simple storytelling and editing for video journalists will be taught. The course will also cover what other factors and problems video journalists must deal with - whether working on a web page delivery or shooting for the broadcast world. PHOTO330 SELF-PROMOTION This class will examine the tools and knowledge critical to successful self-promotion. Focus will be on the creation of a business identity and using this identity to consistently network and prospect for new clients. PHOTO340 VISUAL JOURNALISM Prerequisite: PHOTO305 This course provides an overview of photojournalism and the concept of storytelling. Ethical and moral considerations in photographing events, freedom of the press, and the public s right to know are also addressed. The working constraints of a photojournalist will be presented. PHOTO390 CLIENTS AND COMMUNICATIONS Prerequisite: PHOTO330 The course will address research and communications skills, both verbal and oral, necessary to effectively market to prospects and establish long-term business relationships with customers. Marketing tools and techniques to produce a positioning message and a unique selling proposition will be covered. PHOTO405 WEB DESIGN FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS Prerequisite: PHOTO225 The course will address research and communications skills, both verbal and oral, necessary to effectively market to prospects and establish long-term business relationships with customers. Marketing tools and techniques to produce a positioning message and a unique selling proposition will be covered. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 135

138 PHOTO415 PREPRESS Prerequisite: PHOTO225 This advanced course presents the offset printing profession, its design consideration, tools and techniques. Topics covered include color output models, gamuts, commercial color matching systems, halftone, and color separation theory and proofing processes. Practical application involves production of soft and hard proofs and final offset printed projects. PHOTO420 ADVERTISING PHOTOGRAPHY Prerequisite: PHOTO320 This course examines the creation of memorable images that are the driving force behind a successful advertising campaign. The elements of human emotions, including humor and passion, are explored as photographic vehicles to drive an advertising vision forward. PHOTO430 MARKETING FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS Prerequisite: PHOTO390 This course focuses upon marketing in an increasingly competitive and rapidly changing business environment. Attention is given to researching and identifying potential markets, designing effective self-presentations, establishing strong public relations and improving business presentations as creative professionals. PHOTO490 SENIOR PHOTOGRAPHY PORTFOLIO I Prerequisites: Successful Completion of 144 Credits This course focuses on the production of an initial photography portfolio. Images will target a set of potential customers using a variety of suitable industry standard presentations. Emphasis is placed on producing quality images and a personal style of photography. PHOTO495 SENIOR PROFESSIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY PORTFOLIO II Prerequisite: PHOTO490 This course requires the production of an industry standard portfolio demonstrating a range of creative and technical skills combined with a distinctive aesthetic style. PHOTO499 BUSINESS LAUNCH Prerequisite: PHOTO390 This course addresses the refinement of skills and techniques for being successful in a job/client search when entering the commercial photography field. The course will provide the opportunity for students to refine resumes and develop interview skills in preparation for conducting a successful job search. PHY113 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS An introduction to motion, gravity, work, energy, power, rotation, states of matter, waves, light, illumination, reflection, refraction, lenses, optical instruments, interference, diffraction, and polarization. PHY145 ULTRASOUND PHYSICS I 3.5 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: PHY113 This course provides an introduction to the physical principles and mathematical equations which are necessary to understand diagnostic ultrasound, as well as the various factors affecting the ultrasound image and quality. PHY150 ULTRASOUND PHYSICS II 5.5 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: PHY145 A continuation of Ultrasound Physics I, which provides students knowledge in the various factors affecting the ultrasound image and quality. This course will also discuss patient exposure. POST100 TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING This course focuses on the art of storytelling and synchronizing the narrative across multiple platforms in an effort to engage audiences through the use of television, video games, social media, and internet enabled devices. Students are taught though a combination of screenings, writing exercises, lecture, and applied-learning workshops. Students can learn how to develop a variety of stories with a focus on proper script formatting, visualization through storyboards, camera placement, and lighting techniques Course Catalog

139 POST101 FUNDAMENTALS OF POST PRODUCTION Prerequisite: POST100 In this course students are introduced to basic non-linear editing techniques, creating structure to their edits, and effective narration. Editing styles and techniques are discussed and practiced in class. POST110 POST PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: POST101 Students are expected to refine their editing skills through observation and practical application of various stylistic approaches to video editing. This class offers students post production theory and application used in the editing of feature films and commercials. Psychological influence and power of suggestion will be explored. POST210 BROADCAST DESIGN I Prerequisites: DESIGN140 and DESIGN160 In this course students approach motion graphics from an illustrator s perspective. Frame layout and design, typography, illustration techniques, graphic file integration and color theory are all applied in this motion graphics class. POST215 COMPRESSION AND DVD MASTERING Prerequisite: DESIGN260 This course focuses on the mechanics behind professional quality DVD creation, including the compression of digital audio and video and the preparation of files for distribution. POST220 COLOR GRADING Prerequisite: FILM200 In this course students will have the opportunity to learn basic color theory and how it pertains to color correction for film and video. Techniques in how to correct contrast, balance color, match skin tones, isolate and track regions will be explored. POST225 ADVANCED COLOR GRADING Prerequisite: POST220 Students will have the opportunity to continue to explore color correction with various approaches to specific techniques and scenarios. An emphasis on advanced features such as secondary grades, tracking, relighting and looks will be taught. POST230 SOUND FOR POST PRODUCTION Prerequisite: POST101 This course will provide the foundational skills of sound editing within a post- production environment. Computer hardware and software will be used to experiment with recording, capturing, converting and editing audio. POST235 STREAMING MEDIA AND SELF PROMOTION Prerequisites: Successful Completion of 74 credits Students have the opportunity to learn the principles of streaming media software and hardware, and broadcast video and audio on the Internet, while creating a business identity for the purpose of networking and creating a client base. POST245 BROADCAST DESIGN II Prerequisite: POST210 In this course students can advance their knowledge of digital special effects and graphics through the study and practical application of integrating 3D objects and green screen imagery into both realistic and abstract environments. POST250 NARRATIVE EDITING TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: POST110 Students will explore advanced editing theory and how it applies to narrative scenes. Character development and creative storytelling editing techniques will be emphasized. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 137

140 POST255 ACTION EDITING TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: POST250 Students will further explore advanced editing theory and how it applies to action scenes. POST260 3D MODELING Prerequisite: POST210 This course focuses on industry standard techniques in 3D modeling for inclusion in motion graphics for film, television, and streaming media. POST270 VISUAL EFFECTS Prerequisites: POST260 and POST245 This course will explore 2D and 3D tracking in the context of special effects compositing. Students will have an opportunity to learn how to track footage and incorporate the data into their 2D and 3D composites. Particle and dynamic simulations are also emphasized in this course. Students have the opportunity to learn how to simulate natural particle streams and how to use dynamics to influence them in a given scenario. POST280 INTEGRATED MARKETING PRACTICES Prerequisites: POST220 or Successful completion of 64 Credit Hours The course will emphasize self-marketing techniques, distribution of product and professional services, and social media marketing practices. The course will culminate with an individual mock interview and a portfolio presentation of work, including a resume, personal website, self-promotional social media marketing tools, and a demo reel consisting of work completed throughout the program. POST290 ASSOCIATE INTERNSHIP FOR POST PRODUCTION Prerequisites: POST280 or Successful completion of 72 Credit Hours The internship experience provides the opportunity for student to gain industry experience in their chosen career field. The focus of the course will be on the development of practical job skills, industry knowledge, and professional performance. POST295 POST PRODUCTION CAPSTONE PROJECT Prerequisites: POST280 or Successful completion of 72 Credit Hours Students enrolled in the Post Production capstone course are assigned tasks that simulate a professional working environment. This course allows students the opportunity to work within a project budget, learn team dynamics, and address a community need, all while applying skills learned throughout the program, culminating in the completion of a comprehensive media package for a non-profit organization. POST330 BROADCAST ANIMATION I Prerequisite: POST245 In this course students will have an opportunity to build on the skills they acquired in Broadcast Design, utilizing the latest industry standard software used in major motion pictures. Students can create complex motion graphics and title sequences using industry standard graphics applications, as well as an industry standard motion graphic application. POST340 BROADCAST ANIMATION II Prerequisite: POST330 In this course, students will have an opportunity to build on the skills they acquired in 3D Animation, creating three-dimensional backgrounds for video composites. POST345 BROADCAST MODELING Prerequisite: POST215 This course focuses on industry standard techniques in 3D Modeling. The use of primitive, polygon, spline, and NURB modeling are explored. POST360 VISUAL FX STUDIO I Prerequisite: POST215 In this class, the art of chroma key compositing will be the emphasis. This class will take a detailed look at how chroma key techniques are used in commercial and feature film projects Course Catalog

141 POST365 VISUAL FX STUDIO II Prerequisite: POST360 This course will explore 2D and 3D tracking in the context of special effects compositing. Students will have an opportunity to learn how to track footage and incorporate the data into their 2D and 3D composites. POST370 VISUAL FX STUDIO III Prerequisite: POST255 In this class students explore the multiple facets of rotoscoping. Both creative and practical techniques are emphasized using industry standard software and plug-ins. POST400 SPECIAL TOPICS IN POST PRODUCTION A look into contemporary topics, trends, research findings, and opportunities as they apply to post production for motion pictures. POST415 FACILITY DESIGN & MAINTENANCE Prerequisite: POST215 Students will be immersed into the nuances of post production facility and systems design. Among the topics covered will be building an edit suite, grading suite design, master control, cables and routing, and overall facility planning. This hands-on course also allows students the opportunity to learn soldering techniques, troubleshooting, and maintenance. POST470 Visual FX STUDIO IV Prerequisites: POST255 Particle and dynamic simulations are the emphasis of this course. Students have the opportunity to learn how to simulate natural particle streams and how to use dynamics to influence them in a given scenario. POST475 VISUAL FX STUDIO V Prerequisite: POST345 Building on previous courses in 3D modeling, animation, tracking and compositing techniques students have an opportunity to model and animate set extensions to be composited into existing video footage. POST480 INTERNSHIP This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to gain industry experience in their chosen career field. The focus of the course will be on the development of practical job skills, industry knowledge, and professional performance. POST485 POST PRODUCTION CAPSTONE The Post Production capstone course is a research-based course that integrates concepts and work from throughout the program. Projects will simulate a professional post house environment. POST490 DEMO REEL Prerequisite: POST475 This course will serve as the culmination of all post production projects completed throughout the program of study. The course will emphasize self-marketing techniques as well as distribution of product and professional services. The final presentation of a resume and reel will culminate with an individual mock interview. PSY101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY This course examines the biological and mental processes that are related to human and animal behavior. Topics include psychological and physiological development, sensation, perception, motivation, emotion, memory, learning, thinking, language, and behavior. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 139

142 PSY110 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 40 CONTACT HOURS This course addresses concepts of growth and development across the lifespan. Theories of development, health promotion, the influence of family on lifestyle, and bereavement are discussed. PSYC201 PSYCHOLOGY This course explores various aspects of the science of psychology. Students will examine the originating theories of psychological theories, the brain, sensation and perception, intelligence, learning, memory, development through the life span, personality, motivation, mental health disorders, therapies, and social psychology. PT103 PHARMACOLOGY MATHEMATICS AND DOSAGE CALCULATIONS 3 Quarter Credits This course examines dosage calculations, medication administration, and systems of measurement and conversion used in the pharmacy setting. General mathematics and common and specialized medication preparations are reviewed, such as apothecary, household, and metric systems. Students will develop accuracy and skill in reading and transcribing prescriptions and drug labels. PT121 INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACY 3 Quarter Credits This course focuses on procedures used to assist the pharmacist in direct patient care and retail pharmacy operations. Other pharmacy settings will also be introduced throughout the duration of this course. Students will examine regulatory laws and agencies, retail business structures and practices, pharmacological terminology, and licensing and career requirements.students will demonstrate knowledge and skills in the following areas of anatomy/physiology and pharmacology: pharmacology introduction, metabolism, over-the-counter (OTC), vitamins/minerals/herbs. PT123 PHARMACY PRACTICE 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: PT121 This course focuses on procedures related to assisting the pharmacist in screening, authenticating and processing the physician s medication orders. Computerized medication information databases are also presented along with the relationship of patient s rights to the concept of proprietary business information. PT126 CONTEMPORARY PHARMACEUTICAL ISSUES 6 Quarter Credits This course examines the role of pharmacy technicians in institutional and other pharmacy practice settings. Students will enhance practical knowledge and skills through the exploration of contemporary pharmaceutical issues and practices, pharmacy law and healthcare history, standard measurement and calculation methods, and effective communication techniques. This course also focuses on procedures related to assisting the pharmacist in screening, authenticating, and processing the physician s medication orders. Computerized medication information databases are also presented, along with the relationship of patients rights to the concept of proprietary business information. Students will demonstrate knowledge and skills in the following areas of anatomy/physiology and pharmacology: gastrointestinal (GI), endocrine, reproductive. PT131 MEDICATION MANAGEMENT 6 Quarter Credits This course examines the role and responsibilities of the pharmacy technician in medication management. Dosage calculations, drug classifications and effects, aseptic techniques, record keeping, and communication practices will be covered. Students will demonstrate knowledge and skills in the following areas of anatomy/physiology and pharmacology: skeletal, nervous, muscular, integumentary and cardiovascular Course Catalog

143 PT136 PHARMACY TECHNIQUES 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: PT121 This course focuses on techniques used to assist the pharmacist and prepare sterile and non-sterile compounds. Students will examine various aspects of pharmacy equipment, microbiology, pharmacology, and communication. Students will demonstrate knowledge and skills in the following areas of anatomy/physiology and pharmacology: respiratory, immune, eyes/ears/nose/throat, psychiatric/mood disorders. PT141 PHARMACY OPERATIONS 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: PT 121 This course orients students to the everyday workplace dynamics of the pharmacy, with a focus on medication preparation; prescription interpretation and filling; and data entry, billing, and collection practices. Students will utilize pharmacy software, discuss principles of patient education, and examine methods for improving patient care outcomes. PT142 PHARMACY OPERATIONS 3 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: PT121 This course orients students to the everyday workplace dynamics of the pharmacy, with a focus on medication preparation; prescription interpretation and dispensing; and data entry, billing, and collection practices. Students will utilize pharmacy software, discuss principles of patient education, and examine methods for improving patient care outcomes. Students will demonstrate knowledge and skills in the following areas of anatomy/physiology and pharmacology: renal system. PT146 STERILE COMPOUNDS, PARENTERALS, AND IV ADMIXTURES 6 Prerequisite: PT121 This course explores the preparation and use of sterile compounds, parenteral medications, and intravenous admixtures, with a focus on general and specific IV procedures and the role of the pharmacy technician. Chemotherapeutic therapy and experimental drug trials are discussed. Students will demonstrate knowledge and skills in the following areas of anatomy/physiology and pharmacology: cancer and chemotherapy, fluids and electrolytes, anesthetics, nutrition. PT185 PHARMACY TECHNICIAN CLINICAL REVIEW Prerequisite: PT121 This course provides a review of clinical skills and content learned throughout the program. Students will practice lab exercises, refine resumes, and develop communication and interviewing skills in preparation for employment opportunities as a pharmacy technician. Students will also prepare for certification opportunities. PT196 PHARMACY TECHNICIAN EXTERNSHIP 6 Quarter Credits Prerequisites: ALH106, ALH186, PT103, PT121, PT123, PT126, PT136, PT141, PT146, PT131 This course provides students with work experience in a professional pharmacy setting. Students are required to complete the externship under the supervision of employers in cooperation with the externship supervisor. PT197 PHARMACY TECHNICIAN EXTERNSHIP I Prerequisites: PT103, PT126, PT131, PT136, PT142, PT146, PT185 This course provides students with work experience in a professional pharmacy setting. Students are required to complete the externship under the supervision of employers in cooperation with the externship supervisor. PT198 PHARMACY TECHNICIAN EXTERNSHIP II 4 Quarter credits Prerequisite: PT197 This course is a continuation of Pharmacy Technician Externship, and provides students with additional work experience in a professional pharmacy setting. Students are required to complete the externship under the supervision of employers in cooperation with the externship supervisor. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 141

144 RMKT105 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR CONCEPTS This course will focus on basic concepts and theories of consumer behavior as they relate to psychological, social, ethical, situational and financial influences. Buying habits and global influences will be examined in relation to consumer product knowledge and adoption. RMKT150 MARKETING I Prerequisite: RMKT105 This course provides an overview of marketing as it applies to the value of strategic planning, brand loyalty and product placement in the attempt to meet the continuous shift in consumer interests. International, global and e-commerce markets will be discussed as well as the significance of marketing ethics and social responsibility. RMKT220 MARKETING II Prerequisite: RMKT150 This research-based course gives students the opportunity to develop a strategic marketing plan. External and internal factors that affect the marketing components will be examined to develop a SWOT Analysis. Students will develop branding, product pricing and promotional strategies as well as assess and adjust budgetary and financial plans. RMKT305 FORECASTING TRENDS Prerequisite: FASH202 OR RMMT175 This course focuses on trend forecasting in relation to business profitability and competitiveness. Factors that drive trends, trend mapping and the trend life cycle will be examined. Students will also examine a trend strategy as it relates to the techniques used for observation, data collection and evaluation as well as create trend concept boards using industry software. RMKT410 BRANDING AND ADVERTISING Prerequisites: RMKT220 and RMMT175 This course focuses on the essential components of branding and advertising as they relate to the development of successful promotional campaigns. Brand planning, market selection and various media strategies will be discussed as they apply to creating effective advertising messages and visuals. Brand identity protection, trademarks, package design, and the social and legal effects of advertising will also be examined. RMMT101 MERCHANDISING PRINCIPLES This course introduces merchandising principles and practices employed within retail environments. Topics include store organization, planning, inventory control, financial considerations, operational management, and customer services. Merchandising concepts, retailing techniques, and consumer behavior are discussed. RMMT120 VISUAL MERCHANDISING I Prerequisite: DESIGN101 This course provides an overview of the design elements and principles of visual merchandising as they impact brand image and sales. Store floor plan layout, product presentation and coordination will be discussed. Students will be introduced to design software used to produce effective visual merchandising presentations. RMMT150 RETAIL COMPUTER APPLICATIONS This course will introduce students to commonly used computer applications software and how they are used as tools in retail business environments. Document formatting, table, chart and diagram creation and the incorporation of formulas and functions will be practiced. The features of point of sale (POS) software will also be examined Course Catalog

145 RMMT175 VISUAL MERCHANDISING II Prerequisite: RMMT120 This course further develops the students knowledge of visual merchandising design elements and principles as they impact brand image and sales. Students will formulate a store proposal and budget for a visual merchandising plan and create a digital presentation that will include digitally designed in-store, window and store-front displays. RMMT201 FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING Prerequisites: MATH130 and RMMT150 This course provides an introduction to financial record-keeping for small business proprietors. Accounting theory is stressed. Topics include business transaction analysis, journal and ledger utilization, statement preparation using electronic spreadsheets, accounting cycle completion and payroll accounting. RMMT210 MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS This course will examine the basic functions of effective management principles. Students will be given the opportunity to assess the internal and external factors that affect business environments and organizational change. An overview of leadership styles, business communication and motivation will also be discussed. RMMT250 SELLING STRATEGIES Prerequisite: RMKT105 This course introduces students to personal, product and adaptive selling strategies related to value creation and customer loyalty. Emphasis will be placed on assessing consumer needs, buying behaviors and motives. Communication styles, various approaches to selling and negotiation methods will be covered as well as techniques for motivating and managing an effective sales team. RMMT260 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: COMM101 This course provides an overview of the roles and functions of human resources. Equal Employment Opportunity and legal regulations pertaining to health, safety and security will be discussed in addition to the acquisition of resources. Students will also discuss current practices and case studies as they apply to employee training, development, evaluation, compensation, benefits and incentive programs. RMMT275 PRICING TECHNIQUES Prerequisites: MATH130 and RMKT105 This course provides students with an overview of the external and internal factors that influence pricing decisions. Price segmentation, promotions and discount management will be discussed in addition to pricing structures and strategies related to functioning in a competitive market. RMMT290 PROFESSIONAL BUSINESS PRACTICE Prerequisite: RMMT210 This course will give students the opportunity to complete a selfassessment in order to set goals and create a career plan. Training and development, employer expectations, job success strategies, networking and professional communication will be discussed. Students will also be given the opportunity to practice successful interviewing methods as well as create a professional business card, letterhead, resume and cover letter. RMMT301 FINANCE Prerequisite: RMMT201 This course will introduce basic financial management and financial planning used in business. The Time Value of Money will be covered in regards to compound interest, discounting, and payments and annuities. Students will also learn to calculate different types of interest rates and the weighted average cost of capital as well as use ratios when evaluating business performance. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 143

146 RMMT315 E-COMMERCE Prerequisite: FASH260 or RMMT320 This course will provide an overview of e-commerce as it relates to online business models including hybrid organizations and partnerships. The relationship between website development, media convergence, customer information security and payment systems will be examined. Techniques used to assess and measure performance of e-commerce businesses will also be discussed. RMMT320 ONLINE RETAILING Prerequisite: ECON315 or BUSN101 This course will provide students with an understanding of management, marketing and promotional strategies commonly used within online retail establishments. Students will have the opportunity to compare and contrast online retailing strategies with those of brick and mortar businesses. Assortment planning, logistics and inventory management will be discussed along with strategies for building and maintaining customer relationships in an online environment. Legal regulations and ethical concerns in e-business will also be examined. RMMT325 INVENTORY PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: RMMT275 This course provides students with an overview of inventory management as it relates to operational environments. Emphasis is placed on managing inventory accuracy in regards to receiving, processing, storing, classifying, recording and management of stock. Inventory assortment planning and supply-chain management will also be addressed. RMMT350 GLOBAL SOURCING AND PRODUCT ANALYSIS Prerequisite: ECON315 This course provides students with an insight into global sourcing and procurement. The opportunities, benefits and challenges of global sourcing will be discussed in regards to supplier location, reputation, and political and economic conditions. Quality control, total cost of ownership and risk management will also be examined. RMMT375 BUSINESS ETIQUETTE AND NEGOTIATIONS Prerequisite: RMMT260 This course examines proper etiquette practices and strategies for negotiating within a business environment. Students will examine the negotiation process as it relates to distributive and integrative bargaining techniques through leveraging, perception and persuasion. Ethical conduct and methods for dispute resolution in addition to cultural and other issue-sensitive considerations will also be discussed. RMMT390 BUYING I Prerequisite: RMMT325 This course provides students with an introduction to buying as it applies to sales and inventory planning in the retail environment. Students will analyze sales histories and trends as well as profit and loss statements to determine buying needs. Emphasis will be placed on the calculation of markups, markdowns, turnover, BOM, open-to- buy, GMROI, shortages and overages and average stock and stock- to-sales ratio using electronic spreadsheets. RMMT405 BUYING II Prerequisite: RMMT390 This course continues to build off of the concepts and formulas learned in Buying I. Students will create a six-month dollar merchandise plan and an assortment plan and determine open-to- buy using electronic spreadsheets. The different types of purchasing discounts and shipping terms will be explored and the importance of building vendor relationships and negotiation skills will be elaborated on. RMMT420 Exporting and Importing Prerequisite: RMMT350 This course will examine importing and exporting procedures and practices. Foreign and international law, terms of sale, licensures, regulations and insurances will be discussed. Various types of international sales transactions and agreements will be examined as well as proper documentation procedures Course Catalog

147 RMMT450 BUSINESS LAW PRACTICES Prerequisite: BUSN101 This course examines law as it relates to various business environments. Crimes, torts and intellectual property will be examined in addition to contracts, domestic and international agreements, internet law, negotiable instruments and transactions. Employment and labor laws, government laws and regulations, property laws and insurance and liabilities will also be discussed. RMMT460 SENIOR RETAIL MERCHANDISE MANAGEMENT PORTFOLIO Prerequisites: RMMT290 and RMKT410 This course enables students to use effective presentation techniques to develop a senior portfolio that demonstrates proficiency in particular skill sets related to their chosen career field. Goal setting and career planning will also be discussed. RMMT485 RETAIL MERCHANDISE MANAGEMENT CAPSTONE Prerequisite: RMMT460 This research-based course integrates skills, knowledge and creativity explored in previous courses. Students will showcase professional expertise in a chosen career field by producing an in-depth senior project. RMMT490 RETAIL MERCHANDISE MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP Prerequisite: RMMT460 This course provides students with an opportunity to gain industry experience in their chosen career field. The focus of the course will be on the development of practical job skills, industry knowledge, and professional performance. (This course is not open to SBC Online students.) SCIE201 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE This course investigates biological science and the effects of humans on the earth s ecosystem. Topics discussed may include basic ecology, human populations, water, air, and land pollution, energy consumption, allocation of natural resources, alternative forms of energy, legislation, and citizen action. SCIE310 PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY Prerequisite: SCIE201 This course is an exploration of the principles of Physical Anthropology, covering genetic processes underlying the expression of population, the appearance of the hominids approximately 4 million years ago, and their subsequent development to the present. Students will be introduced to primate evolution, theoretical perspectives, and the technologies associated with human development. Medical anthropology and basic genetics will be examined. SOC101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY This course involves the study of society, social behavior, human interaction, and cultural patterns. Topics include the analysis of social conflict, the structure and function of colleges, the dynamics of individual and group interactions, and social stratification and diversity. SOC220 CULTURAL DIVERSITY (BUSINESS & HEALTH PROGRAMS) This course is designed to enhance students understanding of and appreciation for human diversity through the critical analysis of sociological and cultural issues. Students will explore topics from a variety of perspectives and viewpoints as a means of developing deeper insight into how race, ethnicity, social class, gender, sexuality, and religion affect human relations. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 145

148 SOCS201 CULTURAL DIVERSITY This course is designed to enhance understanding of and appreciation for human diversity through the critical analysis of sociological, socioeconomic and cultural issues. The class will explore topics from a variety of perspectives and viewpoints as a means of developing deeper insight into how race, ethnicity, social class, gender, sexuality, and religion affect human relations. SOCS401 POLITICAL SCIENCE Prerequisite: ENGL102 This course examines the scope and method of political science. This course explores the social nature of politics, with a focus on how power and opinions are distributed throughout a variety of populations, colleges, and political entities. Students will analyze the effects of American culture and media on political structures and decision-making processes, and will contemplate the effects of international relations and political changes on contemporary society. VT101 INTRODUCTION TO VETERINARY TECHNOLOGY I This course provides a historical review of the technician role in clinical veterinary medicine. Other discussion topics include a look at opportunities in the science field, both within and outside of traditional veterinary practice. Students will be informed of the growing interest and evolution of clinical specialization available for graduating veterinary technicians. Other categories of study include medical terminology; functional anatomy; and both fundamentals of and comparative aspects in animal physiology. A preliminary introduction of technical skills requirements is introduced here as well. VT110 INTRODUCTION TO VETERINARY TECHNOLOGY II Prerequisite: VT101 This course will be a continuation of the study of anatomy and physiology, looking at both domestic and non-domestic species most frequently presented in the real-world work place. Basics of veterinary nutrition and feeding methods will be introduced. Laboratory time emphasizes applied and functional anatomical and physiological principles. Essential clinical skills and modeling clinical scenarios for problem-solving experiences are introduced. VT121 SMALL ANIMAL CARE I Prerequisite: VT101 This course begins with a thorough study of normal and natural behaviors in both domestic and non-domestic animals. Students will first study ways to recognize normal behaviors and then study abnormal or aberrant behaviors they will encounter in a research or clinic setting. Lectures include training, conditioning, and behavioral modification programs that are utilized in managing animals in homes and in institutions, like research facilities and zoos. Another essential component introduced in this course examines the safe and humane handling and husbandry of pets and other captive- managed animals. Students will be instructed in appropriate protocols of care and handling of animals as well as technologies and pharmacology that can be applied in any given situation. VT126 SMALL ANIMAL CARE II Prerequisite: VT121 The intent of this course is to introduce students to real-life clinical scenarios that include discussions about preventative health surveillance and implementation of healthcare maintenance programs. The course emphasizes an introduction to the study of animal disease and epidemiological aspects of disease processes. Zoonotic and reportable diseases are discussed as well. Public and occupational health and safety for veterinary technicians is included. Discussion and elaboration of quarantine principles as an essential component to disease control solidifies a sound foundation in understanding disease processes and principles of disease control in public and private settings. Laboratory actions include development of preventative healthcare programs for specified animal groups in varying holding settings or in the wild. Appropriate technical skill exercises will be integrated into laboratory sessions Course Catalog

149 VT130 PHARMACOLOGY AND MEDICAL MATH Prerequisite: MTH110 This course introduces the integration of mathematical principles as they pertain to practical, clinical scenarios in the life sciences, particularly in veterinary medicine. These actions include configuring fluid administration rates, therapeutic drug dosing calculations, dilutions and conversions to metric units in various categories of measure. Terminology of measures, math and of pharmacological science are reviewed. Principles of pharmacology and pharmacy science are defined in order for the technician students to understand and become familiar with types and classes of drugs and chemicals used as well as safety procedures in handling, labeling, storing and disposing of pharmaceuticals and other chemical agents. Finally, clinical disease categories are introduced relevant to appropriate therapeutic protocols for any given clinical scenario. VT135 DIAGNOSTIC TECHNOLOGIES 2 Quarter Credits Prerequisite: VT110 Diagnostic Technologies is a course designed to introduce technician students to the very exciting and broad collection of diagnostic tools and techniques available to the field of veterinary medicine and related sciences, both clinical and research in description. Topics include all imaging technologies like radiology, ultrasonography, magnetic resonance imaging, CT scans and fluoroscopy. Special studies included are myelography, urethral contract studies, arthroscopy and others that elucidate normal and abnormal organ systems. Further diagnostic technologies focusing on specific organ systems or supporting specific diagnostic and therapeutic actions will be preliminarily introduced here and presented in greater depth throughout other appropriate areas of course studies. VT141 VETERINARY LABORATORY TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: VT110 This course introduces students to the clinical laboratory; its capabilities as a diagnostic support program for both research and clinical medicine; and the technologies associated with both traditional and less familiar clinical applications. The laboratory portion of this course should prepare students to perform testing, manage and maintain laboratory facilities and technologies, and, finally, introduce recognition skills and preliminary interpretation of disease concerns in animals. VT145 VETERINARY MEDICINE TOPICS I Prerequisite: VT110 This course begins as an introduction to veterinary medicine principles in order to characterize the scope of clinical medicine for technician students. Discussion of diseases is preceded by a summary review of quarantine principles and preventative health program overviews as first introduced in earlier quarters. Infectious diseases and epidemiological science is discussed fully to include zoonotic disease concerns. The students are introduced to diagnostics and technologies employed in support of the medical sciences. The remaining portion of this course details specific anatomical and physiological regions of the animal in relation to diseases and disorders that affect them. VT155 VETERINARY ANESTHESIA TOPICS Prerequisite: VT130 This course provides an overview of basic concepts in veterinary anesthesia and pain management. Relevant medical terminology, pharmacology, technologies, and techniques in anesthesia and pain management are presented. Laboratory exercises will implement and enforce principles of anesthesiology through hands-on experiential actions. VT161 OFFICE AND HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT 2 Quarter Credits This course helps technician students to understand the business management aspects of veterinary practice. The material presented explains sources of hospital revenue; shows how to represent and market preventative health programs and other products and services; introduces methods of record keeping utilizing computer and hard copy files, creating inventory control procedures and records; and introduces materials for client education and communications. Further, the course explains how to understand the vision and mission of the industry, and how to create an organizational map within the scope of the work setting. Laboratory exercises reinforce necessary computer skills utilizing actual clinic software programs. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 147

150 VT170 VETERINARY SURGERY TOPICS Prerequisite: VT155 This course introduces veterinary technician students to basic principles of veterinary operating room physical organization, technologies, and protocols for procedural preparation of the surgical facility and the surgical patient. Emphases in studies include techniques and protocols for asepsis, pack preparation and sterilization, and aspects of the surgical nursing role pre-, during and post-procedure. The course includes a preliminary review of elective, emergency, non-elective and special surgical procedures that are encountered in most clinical and research animal programs. VT221 LARGE/FARM ANIMAL CARE Prerequisite: VT121 Students should begin to apply principles taught in preceding class and laboratory settings that explain expanded principles of animal husbandry and care when applied to large and farm animals. These principles include barn, stall and field management; hygiene in housing and in feeding actions; how to manage farm animals; and implementing proper care protocols that emphasize record keeping, animal identification systems, safe transfer of animals as well as surveillance protocols for animals kept in the hospital, field and barn. VT241 VETERINARY NURSING Prerequisite: VT141 The course is designed to engage students in the theory and practice of the fundamental principles of veterinary nursing. This course is designed to involve and engage the student in care of the sick and hospitalized patient with emphasis on patient care, monitoring and record keeping. VT251 VETERINARY EMERGENCY AND CRITICAL CARE Prerequisite: VT245 Veterinary Emergency and Critical Care is designed to apply the principles of medicine taught in the two preceding quarters to special areas of study in medicine. The topics in this course include emphasis on the emergent and critical patient. There will be a special focus on emergency procedures, fluid therapy, drug applications, and pain management. VT261 ANIMALS IN RESEARCH AND EXHIBITION 2 Quarter Credits 30 Contact Hours Prerequisite: VT101 This course will focus on the use of animals in the laboratory and as models for research. Additionally, the care and use of animals exhibited to the public through zoos and aquariums will be examined. Medical and ethical issues of the use of animals will be discussed. VT270 VETERINARY CLINICAL PRECEPTORSHIP 8 Quarter Credits Prerequisites: CSS103, PD103, VT126, VT135, VT161, VT170, VT221, VT241, VT245, VT251, VT261 The purpose of this preceptorship program is to permit students to explore one or more professional settings where they utilize their knowledge and technical skills acquired. Preceptorship opportunities may be introduced by students and/or faculty members for review and approval. Each student is to maintain a log of preceptor activities, signed off on by the site supervisor, and submit a written summary to highlight his or her impressions of his or her unique experiences. This course is also a time for students to explore their own special interests in subjects not directly available through the regular curriculum. VT245 VETERINARY MEDICINE TOPICS II Prerequisite: VT145 This course follows the medical issues associated with special anatomical and physiological regions of the animal body. Each week introduces a new body region and highlights all aspects of disease and diagnostics pertinent to those areas Course Catalog

151 VT280 TEST PREPARATION/SKILLS REVIEW COURSE 2 Quarter Credits Prerequisites: CSS103, PD103, VT126, VT135, VT161, VT170, VT221, VT241, VT245, VT251, VT261 This course is designed to provide students a complete review of their historical educational studies for preparation, with guidance and support, to participate in state and national board testing. Successful completion of the veterinary technician course, and passing scores on both state and national board exams will provide graduates with the formal, licensed and registered title of certified veterinary technician (CVT). Then, the students are qualified to apply for entry-level positions in any number of clinical and research facility programs incorporating animals. WEB101 WEB DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS This course provides an overview of the field of web design and development from a practical and professional viewpoint. The use of color, layout, textures, imagery and typography as they apply to effective web design will also be discussed. WEB110 PROGRAMMING FOR THE INTERNET This course focuses on the fundamentals of web creation and usage. Differences and limitations of browsers, Internet terminology, and Internet usage will be discussed. Use of XHTML in the creation of web design will be conferred as well as an introductory overview of graphic web applications and development of an introductory website. WEB120 USABILITY AND INTERFACE DESIGN Prerequisite: WEB110 In this course, students will have the opportunity to learn theories of graphic user interface (GUI) and human computer interface (HCI) to understand how users relate and interact with computers and the web. WEB150 MULTIMEDIA DESIGN I Prerequisite: WEB110 Students explore the principles of interactivity and animation in a multimedia program. Upon completion of this course students should be able to understand and apply the principles of interactive presentations incorporating text, sound, images and video in a multimedia program. WEB210 PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS This course will provide students with a disciplined introduction to program development process with an emphasis on problem-solving and algorithm development. Students will use programming structures common to all languages, including variables and scope, basic data types and the use of control structures including decisions and looping. WEB220 MULTIMEDIA DESIGN II Prerequisite: WEB150 In this advanced level course students work together exploring the various roles necessary in the creation of a multimedia piece. Students also continue to explore animation usage in the internet and in intranet settings. Advanced scripting and programming tools are used to create a final animated piece. WEB230 OPEN SOURCE SYSTEMS Prerequisite: WEB210 This course focuses on the use of Open Source applications for website development. Topics include server operating systems and dynamic content applications. WEB240 ADVANCED SCRIPTING TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: WEB220 Students are expected to continue developing their skills to create web pages and explore color, text, speed, and space limitations of both hardware and software. Students will also page their pages live, maintain and update them and explore troubleshooting issues and maintenance of a website and server. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 149

152 WEB250 CONTENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Prerequisite: WEB210 In this course students can apply technical knowledge to implement and administer a web server, creating content, managing online content providers, and publishing online successfully. WEB255 CONTENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS II Prerequisite: WEB250 In this course, students will create templates and other user interface components for the storage, retrieval and modification of content stored within a content management system (CMS). WEB260 WEBSITE ADVERTISING AND DESIGN Prerequisite: WEB120 This course focuses on the communication skills and design techniques that are necessary for creating promotional materials and advertising campaigns. Students will have the opportunity to use what they learned from case studies and apply it for developing advertising strategies and transform them into completed projects in web media. Market research, consumer behavior, and sales techniques will be discussed. WEB280 WEB DESIGN PROJECT Prerequisite: WEB255 This course covers principles and best practices of project management in website development. The four domains of scope are covered: definition, planning, execution, and closure. WEB290 ADVANCED OPEN SOURCE SYSTEMS Prerequisite: WEB230 This course provides intermediate level instruction in Open Source applications for website development. Students will have the opportunity to expand their knowledge of server operating systems and dynamic content applications. WEB295 INTERACTIVE MOBILE APPLICATION I Prerequisite: WEB240 This course focuses on utilizing current technologies for web authoring to provide content for the mobile browsers. WEB297 INTERACTIVE MOBILE APPLICATION II Prerequisite: WEB295 This course introduces students to Rich Internet Applications (RIA) development, optimizing interfaces for human interaction, and the use of persistent data within a mobile application. WEB300 PROJECT MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: WEB280 This course provides students with a framework for the planning, implementation and management of an industry based project. Project management is discussed from both a technical and behavioral perspective. WEB310 MARKUP LANGUAGES Prerequisite: WEB290 This course explores the use of later generation markup languages and their supportive technologies. Topic concentration focuses on but is not limited to Web based applications. WEB340 DESIGNING FOR SERVER-SIDE TECHNOLOGY Prerequisite: WEB290 This course provides an introduction to server-side programming. WEB345 INTERACTIVE MOBILE APPLICATION III Prerequisite: WEB297 In this course, advanced mobile application development topics including debugging, end user experiences, user interfaces and data persistence. Porting to multiple mobile platforms will be demonstrated and applied Course Catalog

153 WEB350 ADVANCED SERVER-SIDE TECHNOLOGY Prerequisite: WEB340 This course provides intermediate level instruction in server-side programming. WEB360 INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE Prerequisite: WEB210 In this course students will explore concepts and features of relational database systems and design. It explores the use of industry standard database systems and their role in delivering Information Technology solutions to common business needs. Students are also introduced to SQL (Structured Query Language) statements commonly used in database administration to create and manage database objects and data. WEB370 DATABASE AND DYNAMIC WEB DESIGN Prerequisite: WEB360 This course will focus on user-centered design principles, database structures, and server side scripting to create dynamic web sites. Particular attention will be paid to design issues relating to the display of dynamic content on the screen and how that dynamic content will be delivered. WEB380 Object Oriented Programming I 4 QUARTER CREDITS Prerequisite: WEB210 This course provides an introduction to object-oriented programming utilizing the Java programming language. Topics will include data types, pointers, arrays, string processing, classes and objects and event-driven, interactive programming techniques. WEB400 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING II Prerequisite: WEB380 In this course, web application development using the Java programming language will be discussed and demonstrated. Topics will include servlet and JSP programming, web application server installation and administration and design patterns. WEB415 INTERNET LAW AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY This course examines business law. Topics include legal, business and e-commerce environments, business regulations, dispute resolutions, liabilities, and the ethical and social responsibilities of business. WEB420 WEB COMMERCIALIZATION Prerequisite: WEB370 This course builds upon a professional understanding of web design and development, emphasizing the trend towards website commercialization. Topics of this course include web-based interfaces, online supply chain management, ecommerce tools and techniques, branding, basic marketing strategies, and Search Engine Optimization. WEB430 WEB APPLICATION SECURITY Prerequisite: WEB350 This course covers the entire scope of planning and designing effective web sites to maintaining and managing them. It highlights all phases of development and managing security and complexity of sites in all stages. The risks, benefits, and threats of online marketing will also be discussed. Network security, daily web server administration, configuration settings, back-ups, and troubleshooting will be covered. WEB440 WEB ADMINISTRATION Prerequisite: WEB430 This course focuses on the skills needed to perform central administration tasks on web server(s) in a server-centric network. Topics covered by this course include resource and user management, security, migration, and the variety of possible server roles to be implemented. WEB460 WEB DEVELOPMENT CAPSTONE Prerequisite: WEB400 The web development capstone is a research-based course that integrates concepts and work from throughout the Web Design and Development program. Projects will simulate a professional web development environment. sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 151

154 WEB465 WEB DEVELOPMENT INTERNSHIP Prerequisite: WEB400 The Web Development Internship may provide students with practical work experience in the field of web design and development under the supervision of a web design and development professional. Students will work under the supervision of web design and development training personnel in cooperation with the internship supervisor and/ or the Program Chair. (This course is not open to SBC Online students.) Course Catalog

155 sanfordbrown.edu/tampa 153

156 Sanford-Brown College Tampa 3725 West Grace Street Tampa, FL (813) sanfordbrown.edu/tampa

157 Catalog Effective May 6, 2015 Sanford Brown College, Tampa, Florida is no longer accepting new student applications. Tuition and Fees 11/3/14 School of Business Business Administration (Associate of Science) This program is currently not accepting enrollments. Application fee: $25 Tuition: $17,500 Total Cost: $17, 525 School of Health Allied Health (Associate of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $2,200 Total Cost: $2,225 Cardiovascular Sonography (Occupational Associate) This program is not accepting enrollments. Application fee: $25 Tuition: $37,775 Total Cost: $37,800 Cardiovascular Sonography (Associate of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $37,775 Total Cost: $37,800 Dental Assistant (Diploma) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $15,050 Total Cost: $15,075 Dental Assisting with Expanded Functions (Diploma) This program is not accepting enrollments Application fee: $25 Tuition: $15,050 Total Cost: $15,075 Massage Therapy (Diploma) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $12,040 Total Cost: $12,065 Medical Assistant (Diploma) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $15,050 Total Cost: $15,075 Pharmacy Technician (Diploma) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $12,040 Total Cost: $12,065 Pharmacy Technology (Diploma) This program is not accepting enrollments. Application fee: $25 Page 1 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

158 Catalog Tuition: $15,050 Total Cost: $15,075 Veterinary Technology (Associate of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $15,000 Total Cost: $15,025 The tuition noted above is for the entire program and includes one set of required books, uniforms, and equipment; there is no separate charge for books and supplies. The tuition and fees charges stated above will not change provided that I start classes as scheduled and continue without interruption. IADT School of Design Fashion Design (Bachelor of Fine Arts) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $64,800 Total Cost: $64,825 Graphic Design (Associate of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $32,800 Total Cost: $32,825 Graphic Design (Bachelor of Fine Arts) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $64,800 Total Cost: $64,825 Interior Design (Bachelor of Fine Arts) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $64,800 Total Cost: $64,825 Retail Merchandise Management (Associate of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $32,800 Total Cost: $32,825 Retail Merchandise Management (Bachelor of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $64,800 Total Cost: $64,825 Web Design and Development (Associate of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $32,800 Total Cost: $32,825 Web Design and Development (Bachelor of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $64,800 Total Cost: $64,825 School of Technology Audio Production (Associate of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $32,800 Total Cost: $32,825 Page 2 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

159 Catalog Post Production (Associate of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $32,800 Total Cost: $32,825 Post Production (Bachelor of Science) This program is not accepting new enrollments. Application fee: $25 Tuition: $69,300 Total Cost: $69,325 Professional Photography (Associate of Science) Application fee: $25 Tuition: $32,800 Total Cost: $32,825 Professional Photography (Bachelor of Fine Arts) This program is not accepting new enrollments. Application fee: $25 Tuition: $69,300 Total Cost: $69,325 The tuition noted above is the cost for the full program of study, inclusive of books and supplies, if attending at the professional pace each term. The professional pace is defined for each degree program as: Associate program, 16 credits each term except the final term which is 12 credits; Bachelor s program 12 credits per term in the first academic year, and 16 credits per term in the subsequent academic years up through completion of the program. The actual cost per credit will vary depending on the number of credits taken during each term in the tuition and fees as outlined below. Thus, if you take fewer credits per term, your tuition cost will be higher than indicated in the chart above. This amount may vary depending on the number of terms in which the student is enrolled. The Application Fee is a one time fee paid at the time of application. SBC waives all associated fees (software and course materials) for all students who are Active Duty/Reservist U.S. Military Service Members. The estimated Books and Supplies included in the tuition costs listed above are for the entire program and may vary depending on the number of terms in which the student is enrolled. The tuition and fees does not include other program costs, including, but not limited to, supplemental books, additional project supplies, and laboratory fees, and other costs associated with the selected program of study. The cost per credit is as follows: Tuition Rates including Books: Fee Schedule Credits Tuition / Credit 1 11 $ $ $ $300 Audit Class (current student) $50 per Credit Hour Prior Learning Proficiency Credit Awarded Fee $250 Prior Learning Proficiency Credit Evaluation Fee $50 Repeat Class Transcript Electronic or paper requested electronically through Parchment Ordered through the campus Overnight/US Mail Delivery Current Tuition per Credit Hour $10 $15 $35 Page 3 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

160 Catalog Academic Calendar Module Start Date Module End Date 05/05/ /08/ /09/ /20/ /21/ /24/ /25/ /28/ /29/ /02/ /03/ /07/ /08/ /25/ Academic Calendar Module Start Date Module End Date 01/26/ /01/ /02/ /05/ /06/ /10/ /11/ /14/ /15/ /26/ /27/ /30/ /31/ /04/ /05/ /08/ /09/ /15/2015 Academic Calendar As of 9/8/14 All Programs Classes are offered on days marked with an x : Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday X X X X X X Page 4 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

161 Observed Holidays No Classes Holiday Date(s) of Break: Classes Resume: Catalog Memorial Day Monday, 05/26/2014 Classes resume on Tuesday, 05/27/2014 Summer Break Saturday, 06/28/2014 Sunday, 07/06/2014 Classes resume on Monday, 07/07/2014 Labor Day Monday, 09/01/2014 Classes resume on Tuesday, 09/02/2014 Thanksgiving Thursday, 11/27/2014 Sunday, 11/30/2014 Classes resume on Monday, 12/01/2014 Winter Break Wednesday, 12/24/2014 Sunday, 01/04/2015 Classes resume on Monday, 01/05/2015 Martin Luther King, Jr Day Monday, 01/19/2015 Classes resume on Tuesday, 01/20/2015 Memorial Day Monday, 05/25/2015 Classes resume on Tuesday, 05/26/2015 Make up Day on Friday,05/29/2015 Summer Break Sunday, 06/28/2015 Sunday, 07/05/15 Classes resume on Monday, 07/06/2015 Labor Day Monday, 09/07/2015 Classes resume on Tuesday, 09/08/2015 Make up day on Friday, 09/11/2015 Thanksgiving Wednesday, 11/25/2015 Sunday, 11/29/15 Classes resume on Monday, 11/30/2015 Winter Break Wednesday, 12/16/2015 Sunday, 01/03/16 Classes resume on Monday, 01/04/16 Page 5 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

162 Catalog Faculty and Staff Administrative Staff as of 6/15/15 Name Robert G. Swain, Jr. Phil Bulone Natchez Cherfils Barbara La Mura Sharon McGilvary Kim Fortenberry Kim Fortenberry Kim Fortenberry Kim Fortenberry Position Campus President Campus Director of Education Campus Manager of Career Services Campus Business Operations Manager Associate Registrar Disability Services Administrator ADA/Section 504 Coordinator Student Services Manager Title IX Coordinator IADT School of Design and School of Technology Faculty as of 6/15/15 Name Discipline Education & Professional Licensure/Certification Epps, Robert Lead Instructor, Animation and Game MFA in Sequential Art The Savannah College of Art and Design Production BM in Music Education The University of North Carolina Greensboro Gandy, Lee Lead Instructor, Professional BFA in Digital Movie Production International Academy of Design & Technology Photography AA, Hillsborough Community College Greenwood, Lead Instructor, MBA Strayer University James Graphic Design and BA in Art University of South Florida Web Design and Development AS in Digital Photography International Academy of Design & Technology AS in Commercial Art Florida Metropolitan University Hollweg, Teresa Lead Instructor, BS in Interior Design The Florida State University Interior Design AA in General Studies Valencia Community College Lurch, Michelle Lead Instructor, Fashion Design and BA in Textiles and Fashion Central Saint Martins College of Art and Design, UK Retail Merchandise Management Mundo, Martin Full Time Instructor, Fashion Design BFA in Fashion Design and Marketing International Academy of Design & Technology Associate of Applied Science Fashion Institute of Technology, NY Ramasamy, Navinthran Full Time Instructor, Audio Production BM in Music Production and Engineering Berklee College of Music Sansone, Jeffrey Lead Instructor, Audio Production BS in Music Recording University of Southern California Page 6 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

163 School of Health Faculty as of 11/20/ Catalog Name Discipline Education & Professional Licensure/Certification Full/Part Time Bray, Amanda Veterinary Non Degree Seeking Lake Erie College Full Time Technology Non Degree Seeking Hillsborough Community College Associate in Science, Veterinary Technology St. Petersburg College Associate in Arts St. Petersburg College Bachelor of Applied Science, Veterinary Technology Clinical and Hospital Management Track St. Petersburg College Certified Veterinary Technician Florida Veterinary Medical Association Certification Florida Veterinary Technician Association Brinkley, Carol Allied Health, B. S. Dental Hygiene West Virginia University Full Time Dental Assistant, and Master of Business Administration Nova Southeastern University Mod One Program Director and Interim Business Administration Lead Licensed Dental Hygienist Florida Department of Health Penna, Victor Ruhle, Jennifer Shaw, Leveda Smok, Gordon Cardiovascular Sonography Program Director Pharmacy Technology Clinical Coordinator Medical Assistant Program Director Veterinary Technology Doctor of Medicine Central University of the East Certificate, Course Instruction for the Use of Ultrasound Devices Ultrasound Technical Services Registered Diagnostic Medical Sonographer AB, American Registry for Diagnostic Medical Sonography Registered Vascular Technician RVT, American Registry for Diagnostic Medical Sonographers BLS Instructor American Heart Association Certified Pharmacy Technician Pharmacy Technician Certification Board Registered Pharmacy Technician Florida Department of Health Certificate, Dental Lab Tech Tampa College AABA, Business Administration American InterContinental University BBA, Healthcare Management American InterContinental University Certified Clinical Medical Assistant National Health career Association Certificate of Completion, Practical Nurse Pinellas County School of Practical Nursing Pinellas Vocational Technical Institute Healthcare Provider American Heart Association Doctor of Veterinary Medicine St. George s University Full Time Full Time Full Time Full Time Page 7 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

164 Catalog Stewart, Baneet Wasylyna, Jennifer Program Director Pharmacy Technology Program Director Massage Therapy National Program Chair Bachelor of Arts, English University of Illinois at Chicago AS, Science Transfer Moraine Valley Community College Licensed Veterinarian, State of Illinois Department of Financial & Professional Regulation Licensed Veterinarian, State of Florida Board of Veterinary Medicine Veterinary Accreditation United States Department of Agriculture Certificate, Educational Commission for Foreign Veterinary Graduates American Veterinary Medical Association Certification, CPR BLS Healthcare Provider American Heart Association Bachelor of Science, Applied Management Everest University Associate in Science, Pharmacy Technician Everest University Certified Pharmacy Technician Pharmacy Technician Certification Board Registered Pharmacy Technician Florida Department of Health Licensed Massage Therapist Florida Department of Health Diploma, Therapeutic Applications of Massage The Humanities Center Institute of Allied Health Full Time Full Time Page 8 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

165 Catalog Catalog Revisions and Updates Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 3 Executive Officers 4/1/2015 Catalog information is revised to read: The Executive Officers of Career Education Corporation Ron D. McCray, Interim President and Chief Executive Officer David Rawden, Interim Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 3 CEC Board of Directors 5/14/2015 The current members of the CEC Board of Directors are: Ron D. McCray, Chairman Louis E. Caldera Dennis H. Chookaszian Patrick W. Gross Greg L. Jackson Thomas B. Lally Leslie T. Thornton Richard Wang Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 4 Accreditation 4/27/2015 Add the following: The Veterinary Technology program at the Tampa campus is accredited by the American Veterinary Medical Association (AVMA) as a program for educating veterinary technicians. The AVMA is located at: 1931 North Meacham Road, Suite 100 Schaumburg, Illinois (847) Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 8 Grievance Policy 7/15/2015 Replace the current website for the Florida Department of Education Commission for Independent Education with the following: Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 22 Online Course Option 1/2/2015 Replace the policy with the following: Students have the opportunity to complete a portion of their program of study through online courses delivered through a consortium agreement by Missouri College Online in Brentwood, Missouri, subject to limits established by state licensure and accreditation. No more than 49% of any program of study may be taken online, regardless of Pass/Fail. Students must meet with their Student Services Manager and complete the Online readiness Smarter Measure Assessment and the online orientation process prior to entering their first online courses. Online courses are specifically designed for the student who has access to a computer and the internet. Any expenses associated with the purchase of a computer or internet access are the responsibility of the student and are not included in standard tuition and fees. Students are to contact the campus administration for technology requirements specific to their program of study to ensure an optimal learning experience. Page 9 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

166 Catalog Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 24 Grading System effective for terms starting in January 2015 The table in the current catalog is replaced by the following: Grade Scale Letter Code Included in Credits Earned Included in Credits Attempted Included in CGPA Quality Points A Yes Yes Yes 4.00 B Yes Yes Yes 3.00 C Yes Yes Yes 2.00 D* Yes Yes Yes 1.00 F No Yes Yes 0.00 AU (Audit) No No No N/A I (Incomplete) No No No N/A P (Pass) Yes Yes No N/A NP (Non Pass) No Yes No N/A TC (Transfer Credit) Yes Yes No N/A PR (Proficiency) Yes Yes No N/A W (Withdrawn) No Yes No N/A L (Leave of Absence) No No No N/A *Students enrolled in allied health programs must repeat all Core Requirements courses for which they receive a D grade. Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 24 Application of Grades and Credits effective for terms starting in January 2015 and beyond The current policy is replaced with the following: Application of Grades and Credits The chart above describes the impact of each grade on a student s academic progress. For calculating rate of progress (see below), grades of F (failure), NP (not pass), and W (withdrawn) are counted as hours attempted, but are not counted as hours successfully completed. The student must repeat any required course in which a grade of F, NP, or W is received. Students in allied health programs must also repeat all Core Requirements courses in which a grade of D is received. TC and PR credits are included in the maximum time in which to complete and the rate of progress calculation, but are not counted in the CGPA. Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 25 Course Repeats effective for terms starting in January 2015 and beyond The current policy is replaced with the following: Repeated Courses The student must repeat any required course in which a grade of F, NP, or W is received. Students in allied health programs must also repeat all Core Requirements courses in which a grade of D is received. A student who receives a D, F, NP, or W grade in a course may attempt the same course up to two times. If there are circumstances where it is appropriate for a student to attempt the course a third time, the student must provide a written appeal to the Director of Education, stating what circumstances have changed that will now allow the student to successfully complete the course or courses in question. The better of the two grades is calculated into the CGPA. The lower grade will include a double asterisk indicating that the course has been repeated. Both original and repeated credits will be counted as attempted credits in rate of progress calculations. Federal financial Page 10 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

167 Catalog aid may only be used for one repeat of a previously passed course. Please contact the Financial Aid Office for more information about the impact of repeating courses on Financial Aid. Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 26 Graduation Requirements 1/1/2015 To graduate, a student must have earned a minimum of a 2.0 cumulative grade point Average and must have successfully completed all required credits within the maximum credits that may be attempted. Students must also be current on all financial obligations to receive official transcripts. In order to be eligible to participate in the graduation ceremony, students must have completed all the requirements for graduation. Exceptions to this may be made for students who are scheduled to complete the published requirements for graduation within the grading period following the graduation ceremony. The actual credential and official transcript will not be issued until all final credits are completed and graduation requirements have been fulfilled. Graduating under earlier catalogs Any student may graduate under the graduation requirements in effect at the time of graduation. The institution policy on use of earlier graduation requirements also provides that if fewer than ten years have elapsed since a student s admission into the program, she or he may choose to graduate under the program requirements in effect at the time of admission, or under any subsequent requirements. Page # Policy/Section Effective Date Externship/Internship 2/16/2014 The current policy for Externship/Internship is replaced with the following: Health Programs Externship Most programs offered by School Name provide the opportunity for students to participate in an externship course. An externship is a supervised training experience in a professional workplace where previously studied theory may be applied. Students who will be participating in an externship course should contact the Designated Academic Official prior to the term in which the externship course will commence to complete the necessary paperwork and to ensure that an appropriate site has been obtained. Organizations that accept students for externship placements and potential employers may conduct a criminal and/or personal background check. Students with criminal records that include felonies or misdemeanors (including those that are drug related) or personal background issues, such as bankruptcy, might not be accepted by these agencies for internship or employment placement following completion of the program. Some organizations may require candidates to submit to a drug test. Some programs may require additional education, licensure, and/or certification for employment in some positions. Employment and externship decisions are outside the control of the School. Internship for all other programs Most programs offered by the college provide the opportunity for students to participate in an internship course. An internship is a supervised training experience in a professional workplace where previously studied theory may be applied. Students who will be participating in an internship course should contact the Director of Education prior to the term in which the internship course will commence to complete the necessary paperwork and to ensure that an appropriate site has been obtained. Organizations that accept students for internship placements and potential employers may conduct a criminal and/or personal background check. Students with criminal records that include felonies or misdemeanors (including those that are drug related) or personal background issues, such as bankruptcy, might not be accepted by these agencies for internship or employment placement following completion of the program. Some organizations may require candidates to submit to a drug test. Some programs may require additional education, licensure, and/or certification for employment in some positions. Employment and internship decisions are outside the control of the college. Page 11 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

168 Catalog Health Externship Assignment Externship assignments are typically made near the end of the program. Students must be prepared to travel to their externship assignments. The school will attempt to assign sites that are within a 60 mile radius of the school and that are convenient for the students, however, this may not always be possible. Based on site availability or program requirements, students may be required to complete their externship at more than one location. Students who decline two sites may be required to withdraw from the program. In such an event, the school makes no assurances as to when or if other sites will be available. Internship Assignment for all other programs Externship assignments are typically made near the end of the didactic portion of the program. Students must be prepared to travel to their externship assignments. The school will attempt to assign sites that are within a 60 mile radius of the School and that are convenient for the students, however, this may not always be possible. Based on site availability or program requirements, students may be required to complete their externships at more than one location. Students who decline two sites may be required to withdraw from the program. In such an event, the school makes no assurances as to when or if other sites will be available. Health Externship Attendance Requirements Students must attend their externship on the days and hours designated by the site. If the site supervisor or school/program official determines that a student is not reliable for any reason, including absences, the student may be removed from the site. Students are required to complete 100% of required externship hours. Scheduled School Name holidays do not apply to students on externship. It is the responsibility of a student to provide the school with a time sheet signed by the site supervisor documenting hours completed for a week no later than Monday of the following week. If a student has missed any time, arrangements for makeup time must be made with the site supervisor. Students will not be considered to have completed their externship until the site supervisor and appropriate school official has certified all required attendance hours. Internship Attendance Requirements for all other programs Students must attend their externship/internship on the days and hours designated by the site. Days or times of externship/internship may not be rearranged without permission from appropriate school personnel and the site supervisor. In the event a student will be absent from a site, the student must call the site and the appropriate school official in advance. If the site supervisor or school/program official determines that a student is not reliable for any reason, including absences, the student may be removed from the site and may be dismissed from the program. In any case, if a student misses five or more consecutive days of their externship assignment, the student may be dismissed from school. Students are required to complete 100% of required externship/internship hours. Scheduled Sanford Brown holidays do not apply to students on externship. It is the responsibility of a student to provide the School with a time sheet signed by the site supervisor documenting hours completed for a week no later than Monday of the following week. If a student has missed any time, arrangements for makeup time must be made with the site supervisor and appropriate school personnel. Students will not be considered to have completed their externship/ internship until the site supervisor and appropriate school official has certified all required attendance hours. Externship/Internship Conduct Externship/Internship sites are professional environments where students are expected to conduct themselves in a mature, professional manner appropriate for the workplace. Students are expected to arrive and leave on time and perform their duties in a reliable and responsible manner. Students may not substitute or replace paid staff members. Students are expected to obey the rules and regulations of the externship/internship site and program. The site has the right to remove any student who demonstrates disregard for program and/or site policies and procedures. Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 29 Transcripts 01/05/2015 Replace the transcript fee information with the following: Page 12 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

169 Catalog $10 Transcripts (electronic or paper) requested electronically through Parchment $15 Transcripts ordered through the campus $35 Overnight/U.S. Mail delivery Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 32 Art & Design Grant 2/28/2015 The current information is replaced with the following: The Institution offers grants to students enrolled in Bachelor s or Associate s programs who have exhausted all federal and state aid for which they are eligible, and have a remaining outstanding tuition balance. The Art & Design Grant ranges from $200 to $16,500 and is subject to the program eligibility limits below. Students will be considered for the grant upon completion of the admissions application process including the completion of the Enrollment Agreement and the financial aid application process. In addition to completing an Art & Design Grant Application, the student must have established an In School Payment Plan (IPP) with a minimum payment amount as determined by the institution (for the award year the minimum IPP was $150). The minimum IPP amount is subject to change please contact your aid administrator for current information. The Art & Design Grant Application must be submitted prior to the end of the add/drop period of the applicant s first term or payment period. For Grant eligibility beyond one academic year, the student must re apply for the Grant before the end of the add/drop period of each subsequent academic year. To maintain eligibility, students must remain continuously enrolled, meet satisfactory academic progress, and attend at least 12 credits per academic term. The Art & Design Grant Application and supporting documentation will be reviewed by the Grant Committee to determine eligibility. The Art & Design Grant will be disbursed in equal installments at the end of each term or payment period within the academic year. If the Art & Design Grant is awarded in conjunction with other Institutional Grants, the Art & Design Grant when combined with the other aid resources may not exceed the direct cost of attendance (tuition, books and fees) and cannot be received as cash. The institution makes available a limited amount of money each year for such grants. Once available funding is exhausted, the Art & Design Grants will not be available to otherwise eligible students. The Art & Design Grant Program limits are: Associate Programs $11,000 Bachelor Programs $16,500 Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 33 The Sanford Brown Grant 4/6/2015 The current information is replaced with the following: The Institution offers grants to students who are enrolled in the programs specified below, who have exhausted all federal and state student aid for which they are eligible, and have a remaining outstanding tuition balance. The Sanford Brown Grant ranges from $10 to $10,000 and is subject to the program eligibility limits listed below. Students will be considered for the grant upon the completion of the admissions application process including the completion of the Enrollment Agreement and the financial aid application process. In addition to completing a Sanford Brown Grant Application, the student must have established an In School Payment Plan (IPP) with a minimum payment amount as determined by the institution (for the award year the minimum IPP was $250). The minimum IPP amount is subject to change please contact your aid administrator for current information. The Sanford Brown Grant Application must be submitted prior to the end of the school s add/drop period of the applicant s first term or payment period. Page 13 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

170 Catalog For Grant eligibility beyond one academic year, the student must re apply for the Grant before the end of the add/drop period of each subsequent academic year. To maintain eligibility for the Sanford Brown Grant, students must remain continuously enrolled and maintain satisfactory academic progress. The Sanford Brown Grant Application and supporting documentation will be reviewed by the Grant Committee for determination of eligibility. The Sanford Brown Grant will be disbursed in equal installments at the end of each term or payment period within the academic year. If the Sanford Brown Grant is awarded in conjunction with other institutional grants, the Sanford Brown Grant when combined with other aid resources may not exceed the direct cost of attendance (tuition, books and fees) and cannot be received as cash. The institution makes available a limited amount of money each year for such grants. Once available funding has been exhausted, the Sanford Brown Grants will not be available to otherwise eligible students. The Sanford Brown Grant Program limits are: Certificate/Diploma programs $4,600 Associate Programs $10,000 Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 34 Cancellation and Refund Policies 7/15/2015 The Refund policy is replaced with the following: Refund After the last day of the add/drop period (after the first week of class unless indicated otherwise) for each payment period or term, no refunds or adjustments will be made to a student who drops individual classes but is otherwise enrolled at SBC. Refunds are made for a student who withdraws or is withdrawn from SBC prior to the completion of his/her program and is based on the tuition billed for the term or payment period in which the student withdraws, according to the calculation set forth below. Refunds will be based on the total charge incurred by the student at the time of withdrawal, not the amount the student has actually paid. Tuition and fees attributable to any payment period beyond the payment period of withdrawal will be refunded in full. Any books, equipment, and/or uniforms that have been issued are nonrefundable. When a Student withdraws from the institution, he/she must complete a student withdrawal form with the Registrar. The date from which refunds will be determined is the last date of recorded attendance. Refunds will be made within 30 calendar days of the notification of an official withdrawal or the date the institution determines a student has withdrawn. Students should understand that if they withdraw or are withdrawn prior to the end of the payment period, they will be subject to the Return of Title IV Funds policy noted below which may increase their balance due to SBC. If there is a balance due to SBC after all Title IV funds have been returned, this balance will be due immediately, unless a cash payment agreement for this balance has been approved by SBC. SBC does not adjust tuition nor issue a refund based upon refusal to accept any books or supplies. Credit balances due to the Student of less than $1 (after all refunds have been made) will not be refunded to the student/lender unless requested by the Student. Refunds will be made based on the calculation set forth below: Days completed in Term are used to calculate %: Prorata up to 59.99% 60% 100 = 0% Page 14 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

171 Catalog Program and Course Description Changes Page # Policy/Section Effective Date 64 Veterinary Technology (Associate of Science) 6/29/2015 Add the following mission statement to the Veterinary Technology program: Mission Statement The Veterinary Technology program is dedicated to providing students with the practical and technical training needed to work as veterinary technicians with a focus on competent and compassionate care towards the emotional and physical well being of companion animals in the field of veterinary medicine. Page # Policy/Section Effective Date Course Descriptions Listed for each course AUDIO499 12/11/2014 Business Professionalism The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: AUDIO299 Description of Revision or Update New and revised course descriptions BUSN499 12/11/2014 Entrepreneurship The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: ECON315 DESIGN150 12/11/2014 Typography The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: None DESIGN485 12/11/2014 Graphic Design Thesis Practicum The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: Successful completion of 140 hours or Program Chair approval. FASH120 12/11/2014 Textiles for Fashion The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: FASH115 FASH202 12/11/2014 Computer Graphics for Fashion Design The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: FASH101 FASH240 12/11/2014 Apparel Production I The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: FASH225 and FASH 310 Page 15 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

172 Catalog FASH300 12/11/2014 Pattern Techniques The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: FASH240 FASH310 12/11/2014 Clothing Construction III The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: FASH225 and FASH230 FASH315 12/11/2014 Trend Forecasting The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: FASH 120 and FASH 202 FASH350 12/11/2014 Special Topics in Fashion Design I The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: FASH240 FASH450 12/11/2014 Special Topics in Fashion Design II The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: FASH240 FASH465 12/11/2014 Fashion Design III The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: FASH 340 and FASH 360 GRAPH250 12/11/2014 Digital Layout The prerequisite is revised to read: GRAPH280 12/11/2014 Graphic Design III The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: GRAPH 160 GRAPH300 12/11/2014 Graphic Design IV The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: GRAPH 160 GRAPH360 12/11/2014 Branding and Corporate Identity The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: GRAPH 160 GRAPH410 12/11/2014 Design for Mobile Applications The prerequisite is revised to read: Page 16 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

173 Catalog Prerequisite: DESIGN 220 GRAPH450 12/11/2014 Package Design The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: GRAPH 280 GRAPH480 12/11/2014 Graphic Design Internship The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: Successful completion of 140 credits or Program Chair approval GRAPH490 12/11/2014 Senior Graphic Design Portfolio The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: Successful completion of 140 credits or Program Chair approval INTR215 12/11/2014 Resources And Materials The prerequisite is revised to read: INTR260 12/11/2014 Interior Design I The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: INTR210 INTR325 12/11/2014 Computer Aided Design III The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: INTR250 or Program Chair approval INTR330 12/11/2014 Lighting Design For Interiors The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: INTR225 INTR340 12/11/2014 Interior Design II The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisite: INTR210 INTR350 12/11/2014 Computer Aided Design IV The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: INTR250 or Program Chair approval INTR360 12/11/2014 Interior Design III The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: INTR340 or Program Chair approval INTR380 12/11/2014 Page 17 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015

174 Catalog Interior Design IV The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: INTR340 or Program Chair approval INTR390 12/11/2014 Sustainable Design for A Global Society The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: INTR230 and INTR225 INTR400 12/11/2014 Special Topics in Interior Design The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: INTR 325 or INTR350 or Program Chair approval INTR410 12/11/2014 Senior Interior Design Project I The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: INTR380 or Program Chair approval INTR440 12/11/2014 Advanced Interior Detailing The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: INTR325 or Program Chair approval INTR499 12/11/2014 Professional Business Practices For Interior Design The prerequisite is revised to read: Prerequisites: Successful completion of 78 hours or Program Chair approval Page 18 ID#LC71515 Publication Date 7/16/2015